DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 7:59:59 AM
Two elves and two half elves arrive at the entrance to the Temple of Wardd at the same time. Looking skeptically at each other they are welcomed immediately by Hiram Veril, Mendicant of Wardd. Thus begins the adventurers of a new band of heroes.
Hiram Veril Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:00 AM
"Welcome! I'm so pleased that you have come. Surely luck is with us! Come on back into a chamber that I have prepared with some sandwiches and fresh fruit. We have much to discuss."
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:01 AM
Hiram dresses colorfully in red's and yellow's. He is friendly but has a stressed look about him. He is sweating on the forehead and wiping it constantly. When the group reaches the selected room, he indeed has snacks available. He offers them to you and motions for you to sit.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:02 AM
.......Sedar heads towards the Temple of Wardd at a brisk pace.......thoughts racing.
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:03 AM
Ren sits in the most comfortable chair, and begins to snack. "So mendicant, what's this all about?"
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:04 AM
Sits down and looks around.. "Something wrong?"
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:05 AM
Bishop stands behind Ren trying to take everything in through his 1/2 mask. He looks very uncomfortable in a temple of a god that is not his own.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:06 AM
Sedar takes a place at the table and begins to enjoy the meal......casually taking in the enviroment.
Hiram Veril Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:07 AM
Hiram sits and you notice that he has a pegleg. He smiles ruefully at you noticing that. Then he begins, "As the four of you may have noticed, attendance at this year's Sentinel Festival is not what it usually is. Most notably, there is an absence of adventurers. You were all I could find, and that was with the help of spells. We have a dire situation. In fact, I think the situation is none other than Windhorn's Third Adventurer's Crisis. Get comfortable and I'll explain." He begins to tell a detailed story. (Available by email)
Hiram Veril Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:08 AM
"Now you've heard what I have to say. I'll leave you to decide what you will do. Call for me when you are ready. I will be at the altar, praying you say yes."
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:09 AM
James looks at the other's and shrugs. "I don't like it. Really dangerous, but we have no choice.. Either way, we probably die.. If we take the mission, 'least no other's die." He sit's back and waits for the other's response's.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:10 AM
Bishop turns to Ren. "Domi has granted me visions of the end of this age. Visions that may or may not come to pass. I remember this vision. Hiram Veril the truth. If we do not do something, the next cataclysm may be upon us." Bishop seems to be blushing and ashamed of having spoken. "Hiram Veril you may rest peacefully. Domi's might will prevail." The blushing disappears, and suddenly this huge elf seems very imposing.
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:11 AM
"Hey, if I can't trust you, who can I trust? I've been a little bored anyway. So are you gonna tell us who our new friends are?"
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:12 AM
........"I agree it's dangerous also, but the lives of the people do stand to end if nothing is done, so I say we try this adventure and see what we can do. I hope that your visions don't call for our deaths now."
Hiram Veril Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:13 AM
Hiram reenters the room and says, "My assistant, Foster, has discovered another who may help us. Greet Maliki. Now excuse me while you get to know each other and make your decision."
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:14 AM
In a course, but humble voice, the man looks towards the others and replies--his face hidden in the dark folds of his hood. "I am a simple servant of Alemi, but have been told that I might be of some help to you. Tell me, may I join you in your quest?"
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:15 AM
James shrugs, "Sure, one more, one less, we'll still die.. Welcome aboard."
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:16 AM
Bishop looks over the group. "James, do not let the evil of negative thoughts plague you, it will be your undoing. Maliki, if your heart is true, then I will be happy to smash our opponents along side of you. Now, unless anyone doesn't want to save the Wold, let's get Hiram Veril back in here and start this thing. Are we together?" He holds his hand out to his sister.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:17 AM
Maliki is a bit taken aback by James' words, but then a slight smile can be seen in the shadows of his hood as Bishop speaks. "Thank you kind Sir. I see you wear the symbol of Domi. It will be good to travel with one of his followers."
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:18 AM
"The more the merrier. Welcome to the party. I agree with Bishop. Let's get started. Time's a wasting."
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:19 AM
Ren holds her brother's hand, and says, "I'm all for some smashing!! But don't let grumpy boy over there get us down. I'll protect even you, grumpy boy!"
Hiram Veril Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:20 AM
Hiram reenters the room when called. "So you have made your decision? I see." When told that the party will attempt the mission, he sheds a single tear. "Truly luck is with us this day. And it is with you too. I can feel it. "Here, take my lucky rock. It has always been good to me. In your time of greatest despair, hold it in your hand and pray to Wardd for help. He helps all who patron the Gods of Wold. Oh, and here is a bag of gold to help with your expenses till you can earn the whole reward. I believe there is 200gp here. Oh, and the Druid of Mittiri bid me to give you these 3 healing potions. Use them with luck...Oh, and for the good of the land."
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:21 AM
James can't help but smile at Ren's words, "Thank you. You don't know how better it makes me feel to know you'll be protecting me," he jokes. He looks over the items, his gaze lingering slightly on the lucky rock, as he thinks that he'd like to have that... He waits for the others to make their claims before trying himself.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:22 AM
Bishop picks up all the items. "James I see that you are intrested in the stone, here guard it well." He hands the stone to James. He picks up the gold and hands it to Ren" There is no one in Wold able to bargian better than you, make good use of it. the potions will be spread among the priests evenly. One for me, one for Maliki, and one for Sedar." Now what or where do we start?"
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:23 AM
James smiles, and takes the stone. "Thanks."
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:24 AM
Ren smiles widely and croons, "I loooooove my brother! ...and now about that smashing?"
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:25 AM
Reaching out and excepting the potion, "Thank you Sir. I shall try to use it wisely. As for where to go to now, I believe we are to start at the Crypt of Mengor at the north edge of town. Unless there are goods and supplies that are needed before hand."
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:26 AM
Sedar places the potion safely away. "I think some supplies will be necessary. Who knows how long we'll be or what we'll need? Any suggestions on supplies friends?"
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:27 AM
"Food and freshwater. I'd like to get about 5 of those coins if I could, so I can buy a suit of armor."
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:28 AM
"I have, or my god shall proved all I need, except maybe one thing. Hiram Veril or Bishop, can either of you tell us where holy water can be found and possibly purchased? If we are to walk among the dead it would be wise to carry some. Also, it might be a good idea for the warriors to try and find a weapon or two made of silver, in case we run into creatures not affected by normal weapons."
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:29 AM
"Ok grumpy boy, but that's all you're getting. As for me, Bishop will provide, right?"
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:30 AM
Bishop sighs. "Bishop will always provide." He sits and takes out a wooden coin he begins to twirl over his fingers. "James, I think that 5 coins is a cheap price for armor, be careful you are not taken. The 5 gold is fine with me unless Ren knows of anywhere you could purchase it for less. I believe Maliki is right, we need silvered weapons and holy water. I will take some of the money and outfit us with food and water. Ren please take the warriors and out fit them with there needs. Maliki I would be honored if you would accompany me while we look for supplies and holy water. It is not often i am able to talk theology with another. I suggest we all meet back here in two hours." He puts the coin up and stands to his full height. "Any objections?"
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:31 AM
Shrugs, "I only want leather. I don't wanna take too much of our money when we can use it on more important stuff."
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:32 AM
No objections here... I have an errand or two to run anyway. See you in 2 hours. Here.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:33 AM
Maliki nods his head toward Bishop. "It would be a pleasure to talk of such things. Also I had just walked into the city when I was brought here. Do you know what chapels the town has to offer?"
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:34 AM
The party finishes their various errands and meets back at the Temple of Wardd in two hours ready to depart for the graveyard.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:35 AM
Bishop says "I believe now is a good time to organize ourselves according to our strengths. I will start. I am a powerful warrior for Domi, My strength is matched by none. He has also blessed me with his magic. Currently I carry knowledge of healing within me."
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:36 AM
Shrugs "I don't have any magic.. But I'm fast, and strong." Grins at Bishop "Maybe even stronger than you. I'm good with a long bow, and even better with a long sword, and I'm not too bad of a hunter or tracker."
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:37 AM
Grinning at her brother, "I can do anything."
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:38 AM
As the others speak boastfully of their strengths and abilities, Maliki just quietly replies, "I'm no warrior, but can handle myself in a fight. Also I am well trained as a healer, but currently have no blessings to do so. I should also tell you all that The High Druid of Mittiri - Hansina Wildflower - donated 4 holy waters to the cause. She has set about memorizing blessings of healing and instructing her assistants to do the same. She advised that we do the exploration in several stings, recouperating with her after each one. Oh, I also know a little bit of magic to defend and protect myself with."
Hiram Veril Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:39 AM
Hiram comes up the street with a dwarf of distinction. "I've found another to join our cause! Praise Wardd! Meet Thorin Hammerthrower! Thorin meet Bishop, Lagrman, Ren, James, and Maliki."
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:40 AM
Well....a little about myself then......I know a few things of magic and I'm quick with the hand and eye. Sword play really is not my thing. I do make up for this in other areas, though.
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:41 AM
"Ok, ok, no more boasting...I fight, and I laugh. That's about it. Welcome Hammerthrower!"
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:42 AM
Bishop says, "Welcome, thrower of the hammer. We are about to embark upon our quest and I felt it would be prudent for us each to share our strengths with one another before we begin."
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:43 AM
"Hello, I am Thorin and I am here to aid you in your quest... if you'll have me that is. I'm not afraid of anything and I'm handy with an axe. This is the axe of my father and his father before him. And it is at your service."
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:44 AM
Welcome Thorin, another pair of hands are always welcome, that is along as they come with everything attached..........smiles.......
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:45 AM
"Thorin, I don't suppose you'd care to instruct me on any of the finer points in wielding a hammer during our journey?"
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:46 AM
Well, are we off? We might as well get this over with.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:47 AM
Sure, I'll be happy to.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:48 AM
"Gettin started sounds good ta me.. I'm ready when the rest of you are."
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:49 AM
"In the words of me dear ol' da' from Aberdeen, 'Lets plow!'"
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:50 AM
Led by the locals, James and Thorin, the party heads North and West through town taking the Red Hills Trail north out of town. The noise of the people in the Temporary Marketplaces celebrating the Sentinel Festival reminds everyone of the importance of this mission. The group passes the Mayor's and Greensworth Plantations. Elmo waves as the party then passes his farm. Then the graveyard comes into view. Over a thousand gravestones carefully tended dot this field that looks more like a garden. Some are over 400 years old. Several Mauseleums stand over the rest of the yard.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:51 AM
Bishop stands staring at the graveyard. "Domi protect us from the undead." Then he turns toword the party. "Does anyone know which grave is the entrance?"
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:52 AM
"Sure, let's hunt out the one with the undead standing around it. I think that'd give us a pretty solid lead."
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:53 AM
To Biship's question, "I do not, but I believed someone mentioned before that they had tracking skills. Maybe a quick search of the area will turn up something, to a person with those abilities."
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:54 AM
"I'm a tracker.. But, what am I supposed ta track? We can all look for signs. Check out the area around all the old graves and I'd guess look for footprint's that are really thin, like skeletons. Maybe, for the smell of death, like from rotting zombies. Also, be sure not to step anywhere without checking for tracks, so I can follow them back to the source." With that, he turns and start's looking around on the ground for any of the above sign's he mentioned, careful not to disturb any so he can track them back to the source if needed.
Thorin Hammerthrower: Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:55 AM
Maybe we can get some hunting dogs from town to track for us...that is if they'll even go near the place. Maybe we can even try knocking on tombstones. Someone might answer. Does anyone have any torches? Undead don't like fire.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:56 AM
Perhaps one of the mausoleums is an entrance. There arent that many of them. It'll be quicker to start with them I believe.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:57 AM
Bishop syas "I simply meant, does anyone know which tomb is Mengor's. If not, we will simply have to read the names. I thought someone might be able to save us some time." Bishop then heads toward the biggest sites mumbling, "Lets just find the one with undead around it. Oh I bet I know what a skeleton's tracks look like!"
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:58 AM
James looks around for any unusual signs. He doesn't find any skeleton tracks, but does find a suspicious lack of tracks. It's as if the area was cleaned recently. Bishop and Sedar have better luck looking at the Mausoleums. The third they come to has the name Mengor above its iron grate. No undead, but but it's just getting to be lunchtime...
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:00:59 AM
Well, is it open? Or, will we have to force it open. I can bash it in quite easily with my axe I think.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:00 AM
James heads over to the mausoleum, and look's at it quickly. Then he attempts to open the gate.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:01 AM
James grabs hold of two of the black iron-rod door's bars and gives a mighty yank, but the lock and hinges hold (rolled 17).
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:02 AM
giggles to herself and says "ok big boy, squidge over a bit and let the lady have a try" and with a mighty heave...
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:03 AM
Right again with the mausoleums. If the strong fellows are done trying to bash it down, perhaps I can give a little skill a try. Sedar takes a look at the lock with a few small tools.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:04 AM
Ren rips the gate out of the hinges like they were butter (r1), almost smashing Sedar in the face as he crouched down to the lock. Beyond the shattered remains of the doorframe is the interior of the mausoleum (40x40). The obvious centerpiece, and the only thing seen in the room, is a white-stone sarcophagus resting on a marble dias.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:05 AM
Stares at the door and at Ren. Then turns to Bishop. "If your sister is that strong, I'd hate to see you."
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:06 AM
"Well now James. Don't you know you loosened it on it's hinges for a little thing like me? Silly to think someone could be THAT strong!!"
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:07 AM
Bishop grunts and tries to set the gate to the side. "Now Ren what's going to keep others out or the dead in? Lets see if we can stop someone on the road and have them run back to town to get someone out here to repair this mess." He looks at James and with out any emotion says to James "My sisters strength matches mine."
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:08 AM
The priest silently watches as the lady rips the door from the building, and then moves to take a look inside. He makes a few gestures with his hands, as he asks for forgiveness for intruding in such a place, and then steps inside to have a closure look.
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:10 AM
grumbles "first he tells me we're going to *samsh*, and then when i get started he grumbles!"
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:11 AM
grumbles "first he tells me we're going to *smash*, and then when i get started he grumbles!"
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:12 AM
Glancing around inside, Maliki sees that the mausoleum is indeed filled only by the sarcophagus. The entire room is bare and unadorned. The only thing noteworthy he notices is some elegant script on the coffin stating, "To my dear wife Alexis, who died of the black plague."
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:13 AM
Maliki looks down upon the floor to see if anyone, or thing has disturbed the dust upon it. He also looks around the sarcophagus searching for any unusual marks or scratches. After reading the word 'plague' he pulls up a part of his robe over his mouth and nose, and calls to the others; "You might not want to enter, she died of the plague."
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:14 AM
Takeing a second look at the name he calls out once again, "I thought we were looking for the crypt of Istaris, this lady's name was Alexis."
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:15 AM
Expertly looks at the stonework to see if there are any irregularities that might indicate a hidden door or passage.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:16 AM
Maliki notices faint scratches along the edge of the sarcophagus' lid. Thorin, adding his critical dwarven eye, agrees that the lid could slide off.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:17 AM
James walk's around the inside of the mosoleum, trying to spot anything else outta the ordinary, like button's, or other doors..
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:18 AM
James' casual search didn't reveal anything else.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:19 AM
well...... I guess the big fellows are going to have to pickup and remove the lid...... Sedar takes a look around also looking for and writings and hidden doors.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:20 AM
Walks over to the coffin and places get's a grip on it. "Does anyone wanna check it for trap's before we open it?"
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:21 AM
Places his axe under the lid for leverage and waits for the go word.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:22 AM
"Yes James, I agree. If anyone has the skills to look for traps please do so. Also someone should stand guard when we do open the lid. What might be revealed is anyones guess." Maliki will wait to see if anyone wants to check for traps and then add his own strength into opening the lid.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:23 AM
Bishop prays "Domi, and Gargul forgive us should we not be about the bussiness of preserving the balance of life and death in opening this coffin" He then gets a grip on the edge of the coffin waiting for someone to check for traps.
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:24 AM
positions herself above the head of the casket with sabre drawn. ready to defend.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:25 AM
Sedar will check for traps if everyone will wait a minute.......I do have a little skill in that area, so hold on.......if everything goes well he will step back and allow the fighters of the group to go in first.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:26 AM
Sedar finds no traps.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:27 AM
Seeing Sedar step back he get's ready to lift the lid up.. "On the count of three.. 1, 2, 3." On three he lift's unless one of the other's stop him..
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:28 AM
On the count of three Maliki helps in lifting the lid.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:29 AM
Thorin heaves with all his might.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:30 AM
Bishop lifts on three.
ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:31 AM
ren is still stationary, waiting to attack any bad thing that might come out of there.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:32 AM
With a "whooosh", as air pressure is released, the coffin comes loose. A stale smoke is released instantly filling the chamber causing everyone to cough to clear their lungs as it dissapates. (saves vs. poison everyone.) Once the gas has cleared, a staircase can be seen within the coffin, leading down and east into the ground.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:33 AM
James quickly shut's his mouth after inhaling just a little of the smoke, and as it disipates is able to cough the rest out without it causing too much damage to him. (I don't know if I was supposed ta roll to save or not, but I did and saved with a 18, needed a 14 or higher) He tries to get a better grip on the lid incase one of the other's have to let go because of the gas.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:34 AM
Bishop inhales the smoke but keeps from retching (16), he then helps James move the lid to the side and set it down. "Everyone out till the smoke clears." He states as he steps outside into the fresh air.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:35 AM
Holding his breath (18), Thorin leaves the room until the smoke clears.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:36 AM
(13) saves......coughs his way clear, then peers down the staircase, also looks around to check on everyone. "is everyone alright?"
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:37 AM
Maliki puts down the lid and covers his mouth(rolled 12), and then heads outside. He pull forth his water skin and offers it, and his aid to any that need it.
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:38 AM
Ren seeing that nothing came out of the coffin rolls outside to fresh air without inhaling. (20)
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:39 AM
James sets down the lid down and walks out side till the air clears. Once it's cleared out, he pulls a torch from his back pack, and light's it with his fire starting kit, and after putting it back into his belt pouch, he walks over to the side of the coffin and uses's the torches light to try and get a look in the coffin and at the stairs..
Thorin the Fighter Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:40 AM
While outside, sits down on his bum, pulls out his whetstone and starts sharpening his axe.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:41 AM
When you come out of the crypt to let the smoke clear, you see Hiram by the entrance to the cemetery. He looks up and grins when he sees you. "We've found one more! Praise Wardd for bringing you back out to meet Rond!", Hiram calls. He motions for the man to go to you; then leaves, praising Wardd along the way.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:42 AM
James sees a staircase leading down as far as the torch can illuminate (15').
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:43 AM
Seeing the others are fine, his cloaked form moves over to the new comer, "Greetings Rond, I take it you have been informed of our mission and the challanges before us. We have just discovered a stairway under this tomb. Care to join us?" If so Maliki will head back in with the man.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:44 AM
James look's over to the door and call out "I'm goin down.. Anyone wanna join me?" And before getting an answer he draws his sword,and holding the torch in the other, he decends till he can just see the top of the stairs..
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:45 AM
"Fools that we are Domi guard us." Bishop decends the stairs.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:46 AM
"Fools that we are Domi guard us." Bishop decends the stairs.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:47 AM
"Well, you might as well wait for me, you're going to need SOMEONE to watch your back!" Thorin replies as he heads down the stairs with the others while wielding his Huge dwarven battleaxe....
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:48 AM
..follows thorin down the stairs...
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:49 AM
You see that Rond stands 6'4" and weighs over 200 lbs. Strange as it seems, he's wearing a mask. You can see him carrying a bow, 2 hand axes (strapped across his chest), plus the usual misc equip (if you decide to look harder, I'll tell you).
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:50 AM
Why wizard body down stairs? Thought wizard was buried
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:51 AM
As the group slowly descends the stairs, the flickering torchlight begins to reveal a room about 10' ahead. James checks over his shoulder and can still see the entrance, silhouetted by the sunlight outside the mausoleum. He's gone down 40'. Looking back into the room from the stairwell, no one can make out any details. It's too dark, and the torch doesn't reach the opposite walls.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:52 AM
Bishop syas "Push on James we that were few are now many, there is not much space here and I feel that we will soon be in combat with Domi's enemy."
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:53 AM
James nods and glances over his shoulder. "I have more torches in my backpack.. Get one if you want it." After giving him enough time to take a couple of torches if he wants, he step's into the room and gives the rest of the group enough room to follow him out while standing ready for any enemies.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:54 AM
Maliki pulls out a latern from his packet, and asks James to lite it from his torch. Then he looks over the walls, looking for exits and any writings.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:55 AM
James descends the final 10' putting him 50' underground and enters the room at the bottom of the stairs. The party enters this room at the north end of the west wall with the party facing east. The room is 20' east-west and 30' north south. No exits are apparent.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:56 AM
. As the groups light sources illuminate the room everyone notices a disturbing decor. Murals have been painted and etched on the walls depicting dark-robed priests praying to a faceless god. Screaming men and women are being dragged before the deity. Elsewhere on the walls, human figures are seen suffering terrible deaths in ghastly rituals.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:57 AM
Maliki begins searching the walls for any secret or concealed openings
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:58 AM
Sedar takes a closer look at the murals.....pulls a torch out of his backpack and lights it....."a faceless god...hmmm"
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:01:59 AM
"bad pictures" Rond continues to search for wizard's body. If nothing found he'll say "no body here"
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:00 AM
James looks at the murals for a few seconds, and then start's to search for any secret passages or concealed doors..
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:01 AM
While searching for secrect doors Bishop looks at Maliki and says "What do you know of a faceless God? My God as well as yours I am sure requires me to meet my enemy face to face."
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:02 AM
Ren says while looking for secrect doors, "My my my, this place could use a good woman's touch."
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:03 AM
....turns to Maliki "faceless god of evil...can't remember a name,...how about you Bishop!"
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:04 AM
Bishop says "As I said to Maliki, I do not know of a God that has no face, and the only god I know that condones secrecy is Floy."
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:05 AM
Thorin looks around at the floor and walls. Leaning closely, he tries to find a crack or indentation in the floors and walls or, maybe an airflow....a sign of some hidden passage.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:06 AM
Maliki pushed on the wall in the south end of the east wall and the wall pushes open into a large room. The room is diamond shaped with flatened corners and about 90' on a side. Corridors exit this room from each of it's eight walls except for the one with the secret door. (See drawing in email.) A forbidding iron statue stands atop a 2'-high pedestal in the center of the room. It is the figure of an angry wizard, 7' tall who faces the secret door with obvious condemnation. The right hand points directly at the door; in the other, clenched to his chest, are held two 10"-long wands.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:07 AM
.......enters the room and slowly walks towards the statue, avoiding the pointed finger, and inspects the statue. "a large man he was, if this is to scale"
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:08 AM
James walks into the room and looks around.. "This the wizard?" He walks over to the north western tunnel and looks down it.
Bishop & Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:09 AM
Bishop and Ren comfort one another a moment. it is claer that they are both uncomfortable underground.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:10 AM
The priest looks about the room first to determined how it is lighted and then moves over the the statue. He checks the pedestal for any markings, and then looks over the two wands to first see if they too are made of iron, and secondly to see if they can be removed.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:11 AM
Walks over to statue and takes a close look, being careful,not to touch anything. He examine's the statue itself, admiring the work. He resist the urge to knock on it to see if its hollow. "Can anyone check this for traps and possibly an aura of magic?" Afterwards, he goes over and etches a mark " 1 " on the right side of the secret door that they came through. He plans on marking the next door the party goes through " 2"
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:12 AM
As Sedar moves toward the statue, the room lit up by the James' torch, the statue rotates so that the pointed finger follows him. When Maliki moves to the statue, the statue pivots to follow his movements. James peers down the NW passage and sees that it runs NW for 15', the limit of his torchlight. Away from the light of James' torch, but not far enough away that he can use infravision, Maliki searches in the near darkness for markings on the pedestal and finds none. He thinks that the wands may be made of the same substance as the statue, but it's hard to tell in the near darkness. They also look like they might be removed.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:13 AM
Bishop exsamines the statue, keeping to its back side, watching who it follows and why.
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:14 AM
Ren begins juggling 3 daggers as she follows her brother, she is tring to keep from getting bored or freaked out by being under ground.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:15 AM
Unable to overcome his curiousity Maliki reaches up and tries to remove the two wands.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:16 AM
..turns to maliki..." what do we have in common that may makes the statue point at us ?"
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:17 AM
.....looks to james...."james lets not move to fast here lets keep the group together within in eyeshot ..ok..strenght in numbers"
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:18 AM
As all the others stop walking, the statue swings around to point towards Bishop and Ren. They try to move around to its back, but the statue keeps pivoting to point at them. In order to get to the wands, Maliki steps between the statue and Bishop. He grabs hold of a wand and pulls, feeling the cold iron slowly come out into his hand. The other comes out even easier. Both wands are now in Maliki's hands.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:19 AM
Bishop keeps moving to see if the statue is following him.
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:20 AM
When Ren sees the statue following her she ducks back behind the secrect door.
Thorin the Brave Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:21 AM
laughs thunderously when Ren hides. "Glad to see you other elves have more backbone! Come on, little girl, me and my Dwarven ax will keep you safe."
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:22 AM
The priest silently looks over the two wands, looking for any markings, or runes. He also looks over to see if the door to the secret doorway is still open.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:23 AM
Now that he considers it, Bishop can easily tell the statue is following everyones movements.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:24 AM
Maliki glances up from the wands and sees Ren through the open doorway. He then pulls his lantern closer to examine the wands. They are smooth, unmarked, and VERY heavy.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:25 AM
With Maliki's lantern shining, Thorin notices strange dimples on the top of the statue's pedestal. He brushes away a thick layer of dirt revealing a series of holes going all around the statue.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:26 AM
Bishop looks at Thorin and says. "I would not say things that I did not know to be true with out first understanding all the aspects of the problem. Some are brave simply for choosing life over self death, or chossing to love a monster." With that Bishop removes his 1/2 mask and exposes his mangles scared face. "forrrrrrr sthooooooome lovees issssssss brave"
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:27 AM
Ren walks out to Bishop, kisses him upon the scared part of his cheek and replaces his mask tenderly. She then turns to Thorin. "That is one, I know that we must work together so i give you that one under the guise of misunderstanding." Bishop puts a restraining hand upon her sholder and she takes his hand and wipes a single tear away with it. She then returns to standing behind the secrect door.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:28 AM
"Now...Now people, we have other things at hand. We can straighten out any misunderstandings on anyones behalf once we are out of the this tomb." Sedar returns to inspecting the statue
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:29 AM
Looks back when his name is called and shrug's at Sedar's words. "If you say so." He walks back over to the other's. He tenses at Thorin's words and he get's a tighter grip on his sword. He relax's though after Bishop's actions, being distracted from Thorin by question's of how the scaring occured.. Before anyone think's he's staring, he turn's back to Thorin "Some of us don't like sharin our immediate breathin space with worms. 'Course, I understand some people actually enjoy it.. Maybe the worm's have better manners though." James turn's and stands by the door waitin for the other's to figure out what the statue means.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:30 AM
Ignoring the conversation going on Maliki continues to check out the 'wands' and the statue. Seeing the holes Thorin uncovered he looks to see how many there are, if they line up with any of the doorways, and if the 'wands' would fit into them or not.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:31 AM
"Holy Caeroldra, you're ugly!" No offense. I'm not very....Pretty ugly myself. Ha. Ha. Pretty Ugly. Ha. I know elves don't like being in Wold rather than on Wold. It belike returning to Womb from which all come." Then a smile appears on his face. "I insult you to keep mind off of your fears, No?"
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:32 AM
Before Maliki can find his answer, the secret door slams closed with a thump that echoes throughout the hallways.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:33 AM
The priest is more surprised by how long the door took to shut, than he is by them doing it. So he goes back to doing what he was before they did so. Taking a number count of holes, checking their size and alignment in respect to the exits from the room.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:34 AM
Ren is trapped on the other side of the door.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:35 AM
Turns and looks at the door. Being already near it, he looks to see if there are any obvious switches to open it. If not, he takes a few steps back, sheathes his sword, and rams into it with his shoulder trying to force it open..
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:36 AM
Bishop says "James, before you hurt your self lets give he a second to open the door. She saw how we opened it in the first place."
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:37 AM
starts to hum softly
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:38 AM
James rams his shoulder into a stone wall that does not give in the least. Luckily he is unhurt (Con check roll of 3)
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:39 AM
"Nice try James." Thorin bends over in front of the door and starts examining each stone for a sign of a release mechanism. Bishop, you might see if she can hear you....just a suggestion.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:40 AM
Frowns, and then looks down at the floor as he mutters to himself "I thought it was a good idea."
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:41 AM
Bishop says "Don't worry James, it was a very good idea, I just don't want you to get hurt. REN! REN CAN YOU HEAR ME!!"
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:42 AM
Nothing can be heard beyond the secret door. Thorin's search reveals no mechanisms, it appears the door can only open from the other side.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:43 AM
Maliki, continuing his examination of the statue, determines there are 32 holes each about 1" in diameter. The holes are evenly spaced around the base of the statue with one directly towards each door.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:44 AM
The silent priest slides one of the 'wands' into the hole that lines up with the secret door that has closed. Then he scans the room to see what happens.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:45 AM
Thorin stops searching to see if there is any response to Bishop's call from the other side of the door. Then remembering that his elven brethren don't like being trapped like this whispers, "Door may be resetting. I'll listen for sounds of mechanisms moving." His eyes search from one to the other looking for signs of panic. They land on Rond. He continues to stare at him challenging as he puts his ear to the wall beside the door and listens for mechanisms in the wall.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:46 AM
The wand fits perfectly, sliding into the hole without any difficulty. He turns to watch the door, seeing Thorin listening intently. Nothing appears to happen. Thorin hears things settling inside the door, supporting his suspicions that the mechanism may be resetting. After a few moments of quiet, Thorin can barely make out someone knocking on the door.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:47 AM
"Hey, I can hear the mechanism working inside the wall...and someone knocking....softly knocking."
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:48 AM
.."all these holes, but one door and hallways. Could be a locking device, maybe." checks to see if the statue stops moving or changes direction.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:49 AM
James looks up and around. "If she don't open it soon, we'll have ta force it, or go on without her. We have do have a time limit.. I don't suppose anyone has anything that'll help us knock that open.."
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:50 AM
Suddenly, the door bursts open, throwing Thorin across the room. Bishop is barely able to jump out of the way as the door slams against the wall where he was just standing. Several men burst into the room with their swords out and ready.
Thug 1 Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:51 AM
The first one through latches his eyes on Maliki and smiles wickedly. He runs across the room swinging his sword and strikes a solid blow across Maliki's chest (8hp dam). As Maliki falls, the fighter rears back his head laughing "I got First Kill!"
Thug 2 Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:52 AM
"But I'll get the most, brother!" the second man yells. He swings his sword high, giving Sedar the room he needs to dodge underneath.
Thug 3 Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:53 AM
The third man grins, watching Thorin attempt to stand. "Let me help you," he says, giving Thorin the business end of his sword. The sword barely misses, making its owner scream in frustration.
Thug 4 Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:54 AM
"Hah! I told you to bring your Two Handed!" the next says as he attacks Rond. He lunges directly at Rond's gut, striking him deep (5 hp).
Man 1 Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:55 AM
The next man through the door is silent and has no smile. His bearing is smooth and flowing as he comes around on Bishop, hitting him for 8hp damage with his sword.
Man 2 and Man 3 Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:56 AM
The next two come in as a pair. It's obvious they've been working together for years. They pair up against James, both hitting him for 4 and 6 damage. Wordlessly, they watch as James crumples to the floor.
Man 4 Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:57 AM
The last man you can see stands on the other side of the secret door, watching and appraising everyone's fighting.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:58 AM
Ren is nowhere to be seen.
(Round 1, Player's Turn) Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:02:59 AM
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:00 AM
Hits the floor, and lie's unconcious and bleeding to death.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:01 AM
Bishop not seeing his sister anywhere screams "REEEEEEEEEEN" as he reaches out to pick up the thug infront of him and throw him at the man standing in the secrect door. He grabs the man (overbear -2 rolls a 18 hits AC4) and runs toward the door throwing the first man as he does. (STR check rolls 15)
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:02 AM
Sedar quickly rolls under the high sword swing and draws both short sword and dagger (dex chk -4 rolls (4)) deftly making a slicing cut across the body of his attacker (rolls (12, hits ac 8, for (4) pts dmg)) and brings his dagger up to parry the next blow (rolls (17), hits ac 3).
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:03 AM
If Rond has weapon in hand (doubt it), will strike (Rolled 18). If no weapon, then will punch the person in front, and draw one of the hand axes. Rond says 'Bad man, hurt Rond and his friends'
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:04 AM
A scream fills the air as another figure reaches the bottom of the stairs covered with spider webs. She rushes past the two on the floor and into the statue room screaming "Brother!!!" When she makes eye contact with him, she instantly changes posture losing her childish panic and immediatly assessing the situation. She dives between Man #2 and Man #3 and pulls out a vial, flicks off the cork, and pours it down James mouth protecting him with her body.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:05 AM
Thorin rises to his feet a battle song in his throat! He grabs his battle axe to swing at Thug#3 and then sees Maliki lying unconscious near the statue. He breaks combat with Thug#3 and rushes over to Maliki and binds his wounds quickly. He then rises to face Thugs 1 and 3 singing, "A Red Dwarf's Heart is Diamond Forged..."
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:06 AM
(Results of Party Initiative Round 1) Graverobber men #1 and 4 go tumbling to the ground. Robber #1 hits his head on the floor taking 4 points damage. Sedar's parry goes for naught as the attack from Thug #2 had already missed him (see email). Rond hits Thug #4 for 6hpd. James receives 8 hit points from the Healing Potion and becomes conscious and able to function.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:07 AM
(The party rolls first initiative for Round 2.) FYI, the Thugs are AC6. The graverobber men are AC5.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:08 AM
Blink's as he wake's up, "My hero," he says with a grin as he hop's up and draw's his longsword and swing's at one of the men who attacked him causing a nasty slash to open up across his chest.. (Needed a 10 or better to hit, rolled a 16. And did 13 points of damage) The man cries out in pain while James stands beside Ren watching the battle continue.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:09 AM
smoothly spin and makes a thrust with short sword (rolls 19 for 5 pts dam) and slashes with his dagger misses (rolls 8) shouts out " I need a hand here someone so I can free myself to bring Maliki back to us !!!"
Rond (ooc after some adjustments (waiting to be approved)) Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:10 AM
Will swing again at the Thug in front of him. Rolls 18 to strike, and does 15 in dam.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:11 AM
Bishop smiles as he sees his sister. "Battle!!" he cries as he removes his mask and drops it to the floor. Bishop moves to Maliki and casts Cure Light on him. He then Stands drawing his bastard sword and screams again "BATTLE!!"
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:12 AM
Thorin nods thanks at Bishop and continues to sing as he strikes at Thug #1 missing with a 9. He then uses his second attack to parry any upcoming attack from his enemies rolling a 13 (His THACO is a 17.) He holds his position until Maliki is on his feet.
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:13 AM
Ren gets a crazed look on her face and yells "Battle!" in unison with her brother striking out at Man #2 missing with a 7. She screams in frustration.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:14 AM
(Results of The party with 1st initiative in Round 2.) Man #3 falls to the ground in front of James a look of surprise on his face as he is killed by a man who rose from the grave to do so. Thug #4 falls to Ronds mighty blow.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:15 AM
The grave robbers have final initiative in Round 2. The silent man #4 quickly and gracefully gets to his feet and nods in respect at the party. "The Sons of Dread are not as easily defeated as these graverobbers and thugs. We come for you." With that he whirls letting his cloak spin and steps aside allowing his hired thugs a chance to escape. They all break contact and those who survive their break in combat run through the secret door. The Son of Dread then stabs forward with his staff onto a spot to the right of the secret door and it closes leaving the party once more trapped inside. (All closed characters may roll even/odd. Odd rolls allow a single break attack at normal THACO and Dmg. Any thugs or graverobbers killed, of course do not escape. Enter your break attack attempts now.)
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:16 AM
I yell "NO WAY!" and swing angrily at the second man that attacked him, causing a long tare to form across his back as the man stumble's forward crying out. (Break attempt roll was a 1, attack roll was 20 (I swear), damage was 13)
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:17 AM
Rond stares at the person he killed, and shortly thereafter, loses his lunch! (con check rolled 19) (first kill?!)
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:18 AM
.....sheaths weapons....."I hope everyones alright, I still have a potion of healing if anyone really needs it"
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:19 AM
The priest continues to lay unconscious on the floor(or does he? did Bishop's CLW spell have any effect on him at all?)
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:20 AM
(Aftermath of Round 2) James kills the man he attacks preventing his escape. Bishop does 7 points of healing to Maliki (Sorry bout that.)
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:21 AM
Offers a hand to Maliki pulling him to his feet.
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:22 AM
I'm fine. They jumped me and tried to seal me in a coffin they had with them. I broke out. Found two potions in it afterwards.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:23 AM
Maliki reaches up and accepts Thorin hand. "Thanks my friend. It seems someone doesn't want us here. So tell me what did I miss, and are there any left alive to question?"
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:24 AM
James looks at the men at his feet, a grin stretched across his face. He kneels down and quietly wipes his sword off on the men and stands looking around to see if there's anything else to kill. Seeing no other enemies around, he turns to Ren and bow's slightly "Thank you for your help. I'll try and repay the favor sometime."
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:25 AM
"seems everyone came through this ordeal ok, so far. And no prisoners to put questions to. Maybe next time we can capture one or more." ......straightens his gear and things out
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:26 AM
"Gravediggers and Sons of Dread! I may have granite for brains, but I'm thinking we need to pick up our pace!" Thorin then sees if he can wedge the secret door shut.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:27 AM
Bishop looking dissapointed retreives his wooden mask and replaces it on his face.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:28 AM
The seams of the door are two tight for Thorin to wedge anything into; neither are there any exposed hinges to jam.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:29 AM
"I believe Thorin is correct we should get moving." Maliki grabs the two 'wands' and places them in his pack. "Might I suggest we start with the first tunnel on the right of the secret door."
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:30 AM
"Sounds good ta me.." He hand's torch's out to everyone that doesn't have them and light's them. Then he turns, and holding his torch in one hand, and the sword in the other, he start's off down the tunnel.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:31 AM
..accept a torch from James "thanks" with a nod and awaits to follow the group somewhere in the center of the line.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:32 AM
Bishop asks if anyone is too awfuly hurt, he casts cure light on himself, then hurrys to catch up with the others.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:33 AM
Leading the party, Maliki goes 10' down the corridor. Ten feet farther in front of him, well away from hurting anyone, a block slides out of the ceiling and seals the passage ahead. Rond isn't quite as lucky. After the block settles, he is hit in the back with a magic missile causing 3hp damage.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:34 AM
Seeing the block slam down in front of him Maliki steps back and turns around to see if the trap had cut them off in both directions.
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:35 AM
Turns around expecting to find someone behind him, and begins a swing, where if there is anyone, unless he knows them, they'll get swung at with the flat of the blade (19, ac -2) for 13 pts of damage. "Quit hitting me!" "no wanna hurt anyone"
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:36 AM
Rond pulls his swing, seeing no one in the room behind him.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:37 AM
Only the one block descended, the room with the statue is still accessible.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:38 AM
Looking back at the stone slab, then back to the others. "Well that didn't work to well. Might I suggest we go back and see if we can find some kind of connection between these two rods and undoing this trap."(If the party agrees he will head over to the figure and slide the rods in and out of the four holes lined up with this exit to see if any are not as deep as the others)
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:39 AM
"Rond not feel so good, want a bandage"
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:40 AM
Maliki discovers that all the holes are the same depth. A Magic Missile rings out again and this time both Rond and Maliki notice that it shoots out from the statue's pointed finger. It spirals outward toward the blocked hallway and hits James full in the chest for 2 hit points of damage.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:41 AM
Thorin steps out of the hallway and says, "Protective thing isn't she? Hmm...do any of those holes line up with that closed door?"
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:42 AM
Ren follows Thorin leaving the hallway. She examines the statue and says, "We could just break off that thing's arm or rip the whole thing down, but let's at least try and get it to open that door back up, first. Any luck Maliki?" She looks at Rond to see how bad he is hurt.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:43 AM
Bishop runs back into the room with the statue and tries to turn it so it is no longer pointion toward the party. (STR chk 7 by 12)
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:44 AM
The priest slides one of the rods into the hole pointing to the exit they just tried, and then waits to see if the magic missiles stop firing or not.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:45 AM
walks back into the room and over to Maliki at the statue....." maybe both wands are needed to block the statue, try both ends of the holes that represent that doorway"
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:46 AM
When Maliki puts the rod in the hole the statue begins spinning in the opposite direction. Bishop is unable to affect the movement of the statue. It drags him around with it in a circle. When the statue spins completely around it hits the place where the "pin" is pushed into the hole and begins spinning in the other direction. At that point it fires once again at Rond, who is still in the NE passageway hitting him for 3 points of damage.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:47 AM
"Uh, Rond, you enjoying getting splatted like that? Get out of the hallway!"
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:48 AM
"Rond, stop out of the hallway and see if this crazy woman statue will stop spazzing."
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:49 AM
Will get out of hallway (ooc sorry had logging troubles with website.)
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:50 AM
"Maliki,.... the ends prevent the staure from turning towards the hallway lets pin another door off from the statues MM and start down it"
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:51 AM
I think you're almost right, but Rond was still hit by a missile even with this rod in place.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:52 AM
Another minute goes by and no MMs are fired. The statue still spins towards anything that moves, but it cannot point down the hallway that is before the rod.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:53 AM
Thorin gets an idea (rolled 2 on INT check and thinks of a lawn sprinkler. ha.). "Try to see if we can limit the turning and trap the statue between the two rods!"
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:54 AM
Bishop looks at the statue and says "I don't think I like sculptors any longer."
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:55 AM
The priest just noods in response to the others and waits for the figure to spin around until it is faceing the secret doot the grave robbers came through before. Then he quickly puts the second rod in the hole lining up with the first door to the left of the secret door. "Hopefully this will keep it pointed at the tombs entranches, affecting any that come after us, but leaving us alone." If the figure is trapped towards the secret door he will suggest, "Lets give the left passage a try or does someone want to see if the right is still blocked or not."
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:56 AM
Since he's still down the hallway, he heads over to the block and check's it out, seeing if it's moved, or if there's any chance of moving it.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:57 AM
When Maliki releases the second rod, a audible click can be heard from within the statue. The statue still rotates over the open holes that are between the two rods. James, down the hallway, can see a gap between the stone and the floor. The gap is slowly getting larger as the stone is raised back into the ceiling.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:58 AM
"Good work there Maliki, looks like we can try the original tunnel"...begins to follow James into the tunnel......
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:03:59 AM
Will follow the group
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:00 AM
As soon as the block has risen enough for him to get through, without having to worry about getting squashed immediately if it start's down again, James walks under it, and into the next part of the tunnel.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:01 AM
Makes sure everyone is in the hallway and takes up rear guard. He tries to keep Ren nearby in case she needs protection.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:02 AM
Bishop heads down the hallway, laughing at Thorin's attempts at flirting with his sister. At some point he hangs back with Thorin and wispers, "She can take care of hersef, but if you want to flatter her, let her save your life once or twice."
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:03 AM
Glad to have been able to figure out the riddle of the figure, Maliki run to catch up with the group. Once there he fall into the middle of the bunch, then speaking softly; "I am somewhat new to this sort of thing, but I would think those men that attacked us before may come looking for us again. Are any of you skilled at covering up tracks, or setting traps?"
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:04 AM
Ren giggles, shaking her head at Thorin. She salutes him with her rapier and goes down the hall.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:05 AM
As the block clears, the group can see the hallway continuing another 10 and turning 45 degrees to the left. The tunnel continues another 30' after the turn and ends in yet another door.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:06 AM
"let me check for traps on the door".......Sedar moves to the front of the group and checks to see if the door is trapped and/or locked
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:07 AM
Why anyone trap door? Door never trapped?!
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:08 AM
Watches the door, and the way they came carefully, his sword held ready. When he see's Thorin tryin ta guard Ren, he grins slightly, and remembers the rescue she performed on him.. He shakes his head and tell's himself that she doesn't need any more guarding than any other member of the group.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:09 AM
Waits for the door to be checked. "While we are waiting I think we need a plan as well as a marching order, that way we will always know who we are near and where everyone else is. I volenteer to take the lead or the last spot. I am strong enough to handle either place."
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:10 AM
...quickly looks over his shoulder in Bishops direction..."An excellent idea Bishop, alittle bit team work will go along way"..... returns his attention to the job at hand....."maybe we should have a leader among us to a least direct the groups efforts, we should think about that....... I think the would be good" If Sedar finds a trap he will disarm it (attempt to), if he finds it locked he will unlock it(attempt to)
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:11 AM
"Will leader tell someone to fix me?"
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:12 AM
Nods at Bishop's suggestion. "I'll take lead.. I can handle myself pretty well too. And you seem pretty smart Bishop, so why don't you be our leader?"
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:13 AM
The silent priest nods his head under the hood of his cloak as the others suggest Bishop to lead. Then he looks behind them to see if anything can be seen moving from where they came. "I will take middle, hopefully saving my blessings and strength to heal any of the injured."
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:14 AM
fails find traps (53% roll), succesful open locks (17% roll),......stands back from door " door is unlocked friends, who first to enter" walks queitly back towards Maliki and asks him " what does Alemi think of leadership and its responsiblities?"
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:15 AM
Would one of you priests please heal Rond here? I'm sure he woule be extremely grateful.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:16 AM
Sedar checks the door thoroughly. He finds no traps and the door is not locked. He quickly opens it. Immediately he is embroiled in smoke as it boils out of the opening into the hallway. It quickly begins to spread down the hallway obscuring the vision of everyone it passes. Sedar dissapears as the smoke passes him.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:17 AM
as the smoke engulfs him Sedar drops to the groud and moves to the wall of the passageway placing his back to the wall, he quickly removes his hat and places it over his nose and mouth in an attempt to protect himself from the smoke, if he is able he will crawl forward to find the source of the smoke and see if it can be stopped by somme means
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:18 AM
Maliki nodding in agreement about Rond turns to the dwarf, "I have a potion that can help." He hands the dwarf one of the healing potions and then looks to the person asking about leadership, "My opinion is...", before he can finish smoke comes rolling out. He pushes the cloth-folds of his hood over his mouth and falls back to the wall. Then he squats down low, hoping the smoke will seek the higher places in the tunnel as he waits for it to clear.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:19 AM
Bishop hits the ground and rolls to the side to avoid anything coming out. He watches the smoke to se if it behaves like smoke or gas.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:20 AM
Thorin, hearing bodies hitting the floor in front of him rushes forward to aid anyone who has fallen. Keeping his hands low to the ground he feels his way forward.
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:21 AM
Ren covers her mouth and seeing Thorin move forward as the smoke approaches matches him also moving forward her hands out in front of her. She does not draw her sword as the person she hit might be a comrade.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:22 AM
Thorin does not bump into any of the party and moves forward his shoulder hitting the right side of the door frame of the room. Ren as she moves forward, bumps into a figure just standing there in the smoke. Rond just standing there is bumped rather hard in the lower back by an unknown figure moving behind him. Sedar crawls forward past the door. His hands nearly crush something ceramic. As he alters his balance to try to keep from crushing the object, it tips and scuttles across the floor to his left. The smoke continues to billow behind the party obscuring the entire hallway and beyond into the statue chamber.
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:23 AM
Holds his breath, and closes his eyes.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:24 AM
Sedar listen for the sound of the cerimic bottle on the stone floor and begins to move towards the direction he felt it move searching for the item
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:25 AM
Bishop continues to hold his breath and watch the smok/gas.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:26 AM
Squating down against the wall, Maliki reaches back and pulls forth a waterskin as he holds the folds of his hood over his mouth and nose. "Can anyone tell where the smoke is coming from??!!"
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:27 AM
James takes a deep breath as the smoke engulfes him and walk's forward into the doorway. Being near to the front, and hearing most of the other's fall, he waves his sword slowly in front of him to keep from slaming into a wall..
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:28 AM
Nothing can be seen as the smoke completely fills the hallway and most of the statue room. Sedar moves towards where he heard the ceramic item come to a rest. As he reaches out, something hits the floor in front of him, causing the ceramic item to skitter to the left a few more feet. A couple of seconds later, something hits James' back, shoving him forward a couple of feet unharmed. Thorin, feeling for the right wall, can tell the room opens to the right. Other than masking everyone's sight, the smoke doesn't seem to be harmful.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:29 AM
James stumbles forward, and just keeps going for a few more feet, still swinging the sword infront of him to makes sure the path is clear. "Is everyone ok? Can anyone see anything?"
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:30 AM
Not me. I'm blind. Everyone keep talking so we don't lose anyone.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:31 AM
Good idea. Uh, where am I? I'm moving forward.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:32 AM
Sedar queitly moves to his left reaching for where he beleives the bottle is, trying to stay away from the object that suddenly hit the ground in front of him
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:33 AM
Bishop moves foreward using blind fighting to help him make his way through this mess.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:34 AM
Bishop is hit from something falling from above for 4 points of damage. Silence follows. One more thing hits the ground beside Sedar as he finds the item he has been searching for. It feels like a metal flask in a ceramic basket; there is a rush of air continually flowing out of the spout.
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:35 AM
Continues to hold his breath, if there's smoke in the area. He checks by opening his eyes, to see if smoke is in the area. If there's no smoke, he'll breath normally.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:36 AM
Sedar sticks his finger into the hole to try and stop the flow of smoke from coming out. when smoke clears he will look for the cork or cap of the bottle, and will check out what object hit the ground.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:37 AM
No matter how hard Sedar tries, the bottle cannot be stopped-up by his efforts. The smoke completely obscures everything in all areas the group occupies. Rond starts to get light headed from holding his breath so long.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:38 AM
"Hey! What are those crashing noises? Is someone falling down? Are we being attacked?" Thorin moves into the room. "I'm moving into the room."
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:39 AM
"I don't know, Thorin. I think I'm still by your side. Keep talking everyone! What are those crashing noises?"
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:40 AM
Bishop stands and walks foreward searching for the sorce of the smoke.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:41 AM
Sedar feels for the object in front of him, and finds what seems to be a cone sticking out from the wall. It is slowly moving up towards the ceiling. As Thorin advances, he stumbles over another cone, this one moving towards the nearest wall.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:42 AM
The priest stands up in the hall and begin the move forward keeping on hand on the right wall. "Has anyone discovered anything yet, and is everyone OK?"
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:43 AM
James sheathe's his sword, and breaks into a run in the direction he was facing. Unless something stops him, he runs for about 50' and then stop's, draw's his sword, and make's a slow and gentle sweep to check to see if anything's around him.
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:44 AM
Blows out his breath noiselly. "Need Air" And begins running in the direction he's facing. He will put out his hands in front of him.
Erin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:45 AM
"Maliki, I haven't found anything. You there Rond? James? Bishop? Sedar?"
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:46 AM
"I think I'm in the doorway. I'm breathing fine. I'm slowly moving forward. There must be something important here if they went to the trouble to set up this trap."
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:47 AM
James runs forward what he thinks is about 30' and he crashes into a wall. He makes a Constitution check and doesn't take any damage. Rond runs forward after James and trips over Sedar sliding to an abrupt stop into a round object about 12" around. The object slowly skitters away toward the left.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:48 AM
"Ooof." James says when he hits the wall. "I've found a wall. I don't suppose anyone has found what's makin this smoke? Or better yet, how to stop it..." He look's around and tries to see if the smoke is parting in any direction. If it is, he walks towards the opening. If not, he turns right, puts his left hand on the wall, and walks off, still swinging the sword infront of him slowly and delibrately.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:49 AM
"I'm looking for the scorce James."
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:50 AM
"Thorin work your way around the room to the left of the doorway, trying to find an exit with your hands, I'll move in and start doing the same on the right side of the doorway. The rest of you say on gaurd."
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:51 AM
Sedar shouts" I've found the source, it's a bottle of some sort, I can't stop the flow of smoke!!!.......watch out for the things dropping from the ceiling, there are living !!!" Sedar stands" James that you next to me?, the bottle I found was in some sort of ceramic basket, its around here somewhere, maybe the stopper is there!!!" begins search for the basket
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:52 AM
"Right. Gotcha." Thorin works his way to the left.
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:53 AM
"Holding. Are those dropping things trying to hurt us or are they being affected in some bad way by the smoke?"
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:54 AM
James sees no break in the smoke. It is solid. He moves to his right and finds a door about 20 along the back wall. As Maliki moves to his right he hears a suction sound like a plunger being pulled. A moment later he is hit for 6 points damage by a falling object. He finds his leg is impaled to the floor by this object, whatever it is. Everyone then hears the tell-tale sound of tiny feet all heading toward Maliki. Thorin bumps into one of the creatures moving up the wall as he moves left.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:55 AM
Sedar intensifies his search for the bowl with the hope of finding the stopper....says" I know the bowl is close to me..... I'll have it in a few seconds, I hope!!!".....hearing a cry of pain from Maliki he yells out "You OK?....... Maliki?....need some help..?" When or if Sedar finds the bowl he will immediately place the stopper in the bottle and tuck it away and then go to aid Maliki if necessary. otherwise he draws his sword and begins to stab at the sound of little feet moving on the ground
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:56 AM
Bishop moves to Maliki, and finding him implaled he quickly says "Hold on friend i will have this off of you in a minute." Grabing whatever has him pined he gives a mighty tug and yanks it out, then imeditly cast healing on his friend. (5 pts)
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:57 AM
Maliki lets out only the slightest sound of pain as the creature strikes his leg. He then tells the others what happens, and after Bishop heals the majority of his wounds, "Thank you Sir. I hope I will be able to return the favor someday, but for now lets get out of here." Then the priest calls out to all, "Has anyone found a way out yet?" If no one replies he continues to work his way around the room.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:58 AM
Thorin moves along the left wall until he is alongside Sedar. Sedar finds the ceramic basket which the flask snuggly fits inside -- but no stopper. However, when Maliki reaches the corner of the room at about 30 feet, he steps on something small. Picking it up, it is almost assuredly the flask's stopper.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:04:59 AM
The priest calls out, "I think I have something to plug the flask, just keep talking so I can find my way over to you."
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:00 AM
Sedar begins as he sheaths his weapon. "Maliki I'm on the left side of the passageway with thorin, how does your leg feel? hows everyone doing? anyone find a way out or another passage? Maliki is a name of what region? is it a family name?, etc..." and Sedar continues to ramble with the questions until Maliki can find him amist the smoke. as soon as Maliki hands him the stop he will immediately stopper the flask and tuck it away and follow whoever's voice who has found a passageway.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:01 AM
Bishop says "Sedar, I have Maliki, get that smoke taken care of!"
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:02 AM
says "Bishop, Maliki has the stopper !!!"
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:03 AM
Thorin keeps following the wall, searching for another door.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:04 AM
Sedar and Maliki find each other in the smoke. As Maliki hands the stopper over to Sedar, he feels some scratches on it. It comes to mind that they feel like etched writing (4 on INT check). Three sounds hit the floor in quick succession. Unfortunately, one of them creatures impales Sedar's leg (2hp dam).
DM (continued) Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:05 AM
Sedar manages to put the stopper into the flask. It seems to make a tight fit, but somehow the smoke keeps pouring out.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:06 AM
James sheathe's his sword, and takes a step back, and kick's the door in. He immediately draw's his sword and call's out "I've found the way out.." (I rolled an 8 on a d20 to open the door)
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:07 AM
Bishop crosses to James and helps with the door.
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:08 AM
Rond will move and help with the door, if needed. Rolled 7 for Open doors. If needed.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:09 AM
The priest calls to Sedar, "Come on we need to get you out of here, so I can take care of that wound of yours. It sounds like James has found a way out." Then calling out to the right, "James don't destroy the door unless you have to. We are going to want to be able to shut it once we are through it, to keep the smoke out." Then Maliki continues to head in the direction of the door.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:10 AM
When the door flies open, Bishop can see into a smoke-free hallway. The diffused lights illuminate 10' down the path. Meanwhile, smoke starts billowing through the doorway, and will fill this new hallway within a few minutes. Another creature falls from the ceiling beside Ren.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:11 AM
.removes the stopper and places the flask on the ground along the wall, Sedar will take the stopper with him for later reveiw, tucking it away. He will follow Maliki's lead to go to the door where James and Bishop are (hobbling of course)
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:12 AM
Once out of the room, Maliki stands by the exit calling to the others. Once everyone is out he will close the door and start mending the wounds of the injured(including himself).
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:13 AM
"Sorry.. I didn't think of havin ta shut it. I only figured we needed to get it open." He looks around apologetically and shrugs. "Can you get the door shut?"
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:14 AM
Rond will move out into the hallway.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:15 AM
will move into the hallway and than forward a bit the the big fellows can have room to jam the door shut. once in the clear visible room he will take a glance at the inscriptions on the stopper to see what it reads
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:16 AM
The words on the stopper says, "Have faith in Donyra and she will save you." The words 'have faith' are bigger than the others and those two words are the ones that were embossed.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:17 AM
speaks the words of the inscription out loud and repeats the words "Have Faith" and a thought crosses his mind that they are the command words for the bottle and speaks them aloud again in the direction of the flask "have Faith"..........and he waits for a reaction from the billowing smoke
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:18 AM
Bishop crosses through the door and inspects it to see if it will close again.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:19 AM
Stands in the room he opened up, his sword drawn, looking around for anything odd, or any possible dangers. Remembering the things hitting people in the hall, he also examines the ceiling closely.
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:20 AM
Rond relaxes for a moment, after coming out of the smoke
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:21 AM
Thorin goes toward the sound of the crashing door. Looking around he says, "I hope you didn't plan on leaving Ren and I in there."
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:22 AM
The door is made very well and took surprisingly little damage. Sedar reads the inscription and glances back into the room; the bottle is still billowing. When the rest of the group finally gets through, the door is closed. Some smoke starts snaking through the edges, but stops as the door is wedged shut. The ceiling of the hallway is covered with rolling smoke, but no creatures are seen above. At the other end of the 20' hall is another door.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:23 AM
James looks around slowly. "I think I'll take the rear.. I'll stumble into less problems that way." He looks around at the other's, then to Bishop. "So, where to oh fearless leader?"
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:24 AM
Rond will take a look around the room.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:25 AM
Sedar pockets the stopper and looks quickly around and then heads for the door at the other end. He will check to see if it's locked (if it is then he'll check for traps (08 is rolled)) before trying to unlock it (76 rolled). if all goes well he'll open the door.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:26 AM
"Hmm....well we could go through the door or perhaps go through the door. Yes, I think the latter will do. Let's go through the door. Alert everyone. It's a door! Holy Lem I don't see what you Dwarf types see in places like this."
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:27 AM
Come now brother. What could be better? Smoke to choke your breath! Graverobbers to end your life! Statues to challenge your intellect!" She laughs a sparkling laugh chiding her brother although she totally agrees with him.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:28 AM
"Look sharp everyone! It may not be pretty, but the task is heroic and dreadfully important. Every area has had traps or protections to keep us from advancing. Usually, in my experience, that means we're getting somewhere important."
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:29 AM
Sedar disarms a cheap poison needle trap whose poison had completely dried rendering it mostly harmless. However, he doesn't pick the lock.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:30 AM
"Well, I don't know if this place would be first on my choice for vacation's, but it's nice and interesting I'll say that. I don't suppose anyone know's how much time we have left before umm.." He looks around a little embarassed. "To tell the truth, I've forgotten why we're here.. But it's somethin bad, that I'm sure of.. Right? So how long till it happens?"
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:31 AM
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:32 AM
Sedar says "found and disarmed a needle trap, but this lock is beyond me."...smiles......... " Guess it's time for some muscle here" Sedar steps aside and back to allow the big fellows a try at it.
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:33 AM
Rond looks at bishop, as if Rond is confused. "Go thru the door, or go thru the door?"
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:34 AM
Silently Maliki stands back a way from the door, not adding anything into the others comments, but instead calms his mind in case any of his god's blessings should be needed once whatever lays behind the next door is revealed.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:35 AM
"Uh sis? This seems to be your specialty." He bows and moves aside for her.
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:36 AM
"Oh brother!" she says like the old phrase rather than like something said to her brother. She moves to the door and hits it hard with her shoulder rolling a 14 which hits AC4.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:37 AM
Ren breaks the door open with ease. A hallway lies ahead leading into darkness.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:38 AM
"Ahh...darkness! My specialty. After me gang!" He moves down the hallway at a smart pace pausing occasionally to listen and to visually examine the walls and floor.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:39 AM
Thorin makes good progress down the hallway. At the 100 foot mark it turns to the right doubling its width to 20' and after after 20 more feet opens into a 40' circular chamber. In the middle of the floor is an iron-bound chest. The chest glows green around the seams as like a bright light shining on the inside leaks out.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:40 AM
"I'm guessing the glow means it's magic.. I don't suppose any of you can find out what kinda magic it is though?" He look's around the rest of the room. "Ya know, I'd like ta know what was down those other hall's.."
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:41 AM
"Gods' Magic" whispered in awe
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:42 AM
Sedar says "good work on the do Ren" and then follows everyone down the hall to the open room....and walks over to closely inspect the chest "definitely some heavy magic in that chest,,,,I think we should try and carry it out before opening it. what do you think, Bishop ?" Sedar then looks around the room to see what else is to be found.
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:43 AM
The priest mutters a few words to his god as he looks at the green light in front of him. He move quietly around the room scanning the walls, ceilings and floor, looking for any writings or paintings that might give a clue as what might be inside the box. Then he moves over to it closely inspecting the object, while being carefull not to touch it.
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:44 AM
Sedar finishes quickly scanning the room and then joins Maliki at the chest to continue his inspection of it......"Maliki, what't your take on this......open it now or move it out first?....."then looks about at the others..... perhaps waiting for their ideas and or response on the matter.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:45 AM
"I say we open it. I'm against going outside. The Sons of Dread are probably watching to see when we leave. We need to find as much as possible before they decide we're getting too close to foiling their plans. I suggest Rond prove his value as a thief. Whatcha say Rond? Are you up to the task? We're all here to back you up."
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:46 AM
I agree with Thorin. We should open it here. If Rond will open the lock, I'll open the chest. I suggest we risk only one person at a time with priests standing by."
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:47 AM
The chest sits and continues to glow.
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:48 AM
Bishop stands by waiting to see if the party wishes to open the chest here or try and move it.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:49 AM
Shrugs "Well, if someone will pick the lock." He sheathes his sword. "I'll open it.."
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:50 AM
Sedar says looking at Rond " I thought you were a Ranger !!! "
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:51 AM
Sedar kneels down to take a close inspection of the chest and lock, checks for traps (rolls 38%) then tries to unlock the chest (34%), if all things go well he will step back and allow someone to open it.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:52 AM
"My apologies. I thought all Halflings were thieves. How racial of me."
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:53 AM
"That's ok Thorin. You're a mage right?"
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:54 AM
"Enough funnin everyone. Everyone back up and give him plenty of room."
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:55 AM
Sedar hears several clicks go off as various false traps and two needle traps are foiled by his manipulations. Then satisfied that his efforts were successful, he unlocks the chest. The lock turns and the latch comes undone.
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:56 AM
Ok, my turn. Ren approaches the chest from the back and very simply grabs hold of the latch. Checking to see that everyone is well back, she opens it(Strength check of 7.).
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:57 AM
Light floods the room for a few seconds as whatever is inside continues to radiate wildly. Then as if something realizes that shining so brightly is no longer necessary to get noticed, the glow dims to a slight greenish color. Ren sees that in the chest is a golden chain attached to a greenish glowing medallion, two gems, and a scroll.
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:58 AM
"Rond no thief! Rond good outdoors"
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:05:59 AM
As the glow dims Sedar carefully approaches the chest to take a look inside then reaches down to pickup the scroll to examine it, if readable he will do so.
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:06:00 AM
Thorin checks the rest of the box for any secret compartments.
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:06:01 AM
"Ohhh!" Ren says, seeing the glowing medallion. Overcoming her initial nervousness, she carefully picks up both the medallion and gems and begins checking them out.
DM Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:06:02 AM
As Thorin discovers a secret compartment on the bottom of the chest containing three more scrolls, Sedar opens the scroll he is holding. It appears to be a magical scroll with several different sections. Ren feels the medallion pulse within her hand. For a few minutes, she looses herself in its awesome power, as if the medallion is alive and pulling her inside. Shaking herself awake, she is surprised to see she is still standing in the dungeon. She's left wondering whether she pulled herself away from the medallion, or if it released her.
James Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:06:03 AM
Jame look's around nervously "I don't really like this magic stuff.. I'll keep watch in the hall." He turns, walk's out the door, and closes it behind him. He then turn's, draw's his sword, and watches the door opposite him..
Bishop Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:06:04 AM
"OK gang that was fun, what next??"
Sedar Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:06:05 AM
"I say we all get out of here.......and look over the things we found then"......sedar walks over to look at the scrolls that Thorin found......."same way out I think" quickly scans around the room for some other doorway
Maliki Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:06:06 AM
Standing behind the others, Maliki watches their actions. He makes sure nothing tries to attack from behind while they search the stone box. Seeing several scrolls are found, "I have magic that should allow me to read the scrolls, something that might be wise to do before trying to return. After all they may hold secrets or power that we might need."
Rond Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:06:07 AM
"We don't want to spend too much time on this."
Thorin Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:06:08 AM
"Hold your elven horses!", Thorin chides, "Let me take a look at the scrolls first!" He opens each one, studying them as if he is reading. "Okay Maliki, I guess I'll let you have the honors."
Ren Saturday December 19th, 1998 8:06:09 AM
Ren looks down to the medallion, wondering if she should put it down. Since it doesn't seem to be doing anything now, she decides to keep it.
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:06:59 AM
As James starts towards the hall, he stops short. Standing in the doorway is a young human man with striking raven-black hair. The young man quickly raises his hands in a gesture of peace. "Please sir, I just wanted to watch."
Mordeus Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:00 AM
Slowly stepping into the room, Mordeus gestures towards Ren, "You have more courage than I... and the beauty to match. I have come to look upon that medallion every day, yet dared not touch it." Tentatively, he reaches out a hand, "I am Mordeus, and you are the Lady...?"
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:01 AM
Eyes the newcomer.
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:02 AM
..thinking back to when the party was attcked by the group of men, there was one who stood by and watched the action wondering if they are the same person. Sedar says to the newcomer "stand where you are friend? Why is it that you come only after we succeeded and did not help us before, but come only now that the spoils are now free of the chest" sedar stands at the ready to try for the chance of a first strike, no weapons drawn, if the need arises.
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:03 AM
Taking the scrolls Maliki calls forth the mystic words to form a spells in hopes of reading their contents.(Maliki cast read magic)
James Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:04 AM
James frowns as the man step's by him, but he take's a long step back, and places himself slightly infront of the newcomer and draw's his sword slowly. He hold's it in both hand's, ready to act if he make's a wrong move...
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:05 AM
Sedar still awaits a reaction from the newcomer. Although his interest in what Maliki has foun upon the scrolls does cross his mind. Sedar says "BISHOP! what are you ideas here?"
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:06 AM
"No further stranger" looks at Bishop, as if waiting for directions.
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:07 AM
Responding to Mordeus, "I am Ren. I'm very pleased to meet you." She shows him the medallion. "Would you like to look at it? What do you know about it?"
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:08 AM
"Patience fellows. The young man has shown no hostile intent."
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:09 AM
Sedar realizes that Mordeus is very different in appearance to the Son of Dread who hired the graverobbbers. Maliki discovers the following spells: 1st Level: Audible Glamer, Chill Touch, Hypnotism, Identify. 2nd Level: Darkness 15' Radius, Levitate, Wizard Lock. There are no other exits from this chamber besides the hallway leading back the way you came. The object, now free of it's chest, eminates a definite feel of evil. The chest suddenly collapses in upon itself as if spent.
Mordeus Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:10 AM
"Oh brave sir, I was 'fraid to open it or I'd done it already. It's evil and I thought if I could do a good deed and destroy it or lose it somewheres where no one could find it, I might be cured of my curse. I jus could never do it though. Is that what you are here for? To destroy it? I knew you was good. I could smell it. You are aren't you sir?"
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:11 AM
The priest is about to tell the others what he found on the scrolls, but as the stranger appears he slips them into his backpack instead. Then he staying towards the back of the party he prepares himself in case a battle should break out.
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:12 AM
Sedar relaxs a bit and says to Mordeus "And what may this curse be my kind sir?" taking a step toward Mordeus as if trying to avoid the collasping chest "and would you know an avenue of escape from this place?" as sedar steps forward he takes a careful examination of Mordeus, eyes, face, clothing, hands, gestures, to see if he is really what he appears to be.
Mordeus Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:13 AM
"Well, it's kinda personal, but I trust kind sir, I think. I was bit by a big ratman while trapped down here. Now, sometimes when I see blood, I lose control and go crazy." Mordeus begins to cry. "I don't mean to. I'm afraid I've become evil." Then he totaly breaks down and through the tears and sobs says, "I won't be mad at you if you decide you have to kill me. But let me do one final good thing and show you where things are around here. Tell Mordy where you go or what you find and I'll help."
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:14 AM
Thorin watches the passage to the south exiting from the chamber we're in to see if anyone else comes.
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:15 AM
Ren wraps the medallion carefully and puts it in some of her clothing in her backpack.
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:16 AM
speaking to mordeus "well sir, I believe we can help each other. Since you have spent some time down he you must know a way for all of us to leave by. If you do that we would be happy to get you to church to help have the curse removed. And we can show each other good faith by doing what we agree to. So please TEll us which way would be safest to go" Sedar steps closer to Mordeus and looks back questioningly to see if the rest would agree to this. he also tucks the scroll he retrieved away.
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:17 AM
"one more thing before we leave. I recall that we are to find the body of Mengor also, to bring out and destroy it with the medallion" speaking to all the party " that will set things right here"
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:18 AM
nods to Sedar.
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:19 AM
"Well Mordy, do you know where the body of this wizard may be?"
Bishop Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:20 AM
Bishop seems to come to his senses "Oh I am sorry, I was just day dreaming."
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:21 AM
Ren puts her hand on Bishop's arm. "It's easy to dream of the outdoors while we are buried under the earth. No apologies are needed."
Mordeus Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:22 AM
"I haven't seen any body. But I did see where the evil men went! Follow me!". With a burst of exuberance, Mordeus skips off out the door. He leads the party to a secret door which opens to a set of stairs spiraling downward. "This is how I first found the kitchen. But I haven't been down this way in days." He skips down the steps, excited that someone is actually letting him help them. As the party nears the end of the stairs, a low rumble begins to be heard. At the end of the stairs, Mordeus points down a hallway towards the noise, telling the party that the men went that way. He points the other way and says some old kitchens and pantry's are over there -- food's not that good unless you're real hungry. He starts down towards the waterfall and stops when the water is seen 20' ahead.
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:23 AM
The roar of twin waterfalls drowns out all other sounds in this strange corridor lit by a soft phosphorescent glow. Instead of cut stone walls, barriers of water, formed by 10'-high waterfalls on either side of the hall, border the path for about 40'. The floor glistens with misty spray. The falls drop another 20' past the bridge into a pool, which seems to flow onward. But what caught Mordeus' eye is what's on the other side of this bridge: eight troglodytes standing on guard.
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:24 AM
Looks to everyone as if to say, now what?
Bishop Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:25 AM
"So Mordeus, are those beastys going to let us pass, or are we going to have to throw them off the bridge?"
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:26 AM
awaits Mordeus' reply on his knowledge of the beasts. and begins to ready himself for battle.
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:27 AM
The silent priest remains at the back of the party. As the creature led them through the place it seemed to easy, something was wrong. Then as the fish-man appeared to block one end of the bridge he look back to see if anything was blocking the way they had came. He also grows very suspicious of what lurks behind the waterfalls. Maliki stands with his back to the group, searching for any sign of other attackers. In his mind he readies his spells, and if he is attack he will release a color spray if the creature is close enough for it to effect them, and if not he will use his God's blessing of light at the creature's eyes in hopes of blinding it. He had been taught to kill only if absolutely necessary and he would his best to stick to those teachings.
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:28 AM
The silent priest remains at the back of the party. As the creature led them through the place it seemed to easy, something was wrong. Then as the fish-man appeared to block one end of the bridge he look back to see if anything was blocking the way they had came. He also grows very suspicious of what lurks behind the waterfalls. Maliki stands with his back to the group, searching for any sign of other attackers. In his mind he readies his spells, and if he is attack he will release a color spray if the creature is close enough for it to effect them, and if not he will use his God's blessing of light at the creature's eyes in hopes of blinding it. He had been taught to kill only if absolutely necessary and he would his best to stick to those teachings.
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:29 AM
The silent priest remains at the back of the party. As the creature led them through the place it seemed to easy, something was wrong. Then as the fish-man appeared to block one end of the bridge he look back to see if anything was blocking the way they had came. He also grows very suspicious of what lurks behind the waterfalls. Maliki stands with his back to the group, searching for any sign of other attackers. In his mind he readies his spells, and if he is attack he will release a color spray if the creature is close enough for it to effect them, and if not he will use his God's blessing of light at the creature's eyes in hopes of blinding it. He had been taught to kill only if absolutely necessary and he would his best to stick to those teachings.
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:30 AM
Slowly pulls out his Ginsu Troglodyte Cleaver (Dwarven Ax) and says, "I wonder if they taste like chicken."
Mordeus Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:31 AM
I look at the one who asked the question and shrug my shoulders. "I only saw them come this way. I smelt the food and... well... I wasn't myself and really wanted to go eat." He gives that silent shrug again and looks down, shuffling his feet. "If it helps any, I didn't hear any fighting." In a quieter voice he says, "at least I didn't notice any."
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:32 AM
"I'm beginning to like the underground even less. If it wasn't for the city blowing up, I would vote to leave."
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:33 AM
As the party begins talking amongst themselves, four of the troglodytes break off and look down at something one of them holds. One jerks his head up and glares at Thorin after he talks, then looks back down. Maliki sees nothing else around.
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:34 AM
Sedar gets ready to cast a spell if the trogs come at him,(sleep), but looks closely at what the trogs are looking at "they've seen us but haven't attacked?" speaking out loud as if to himself."I wonder if we can bargain with them. Turning to Mordeus "Mordeus can you think back a little harder and try and remember more about your encounter with the trogs?"
Bishop Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:35 AM
"Well I guess if I am going to lead I should do it." With that he hands his sword to his sister and begins to walk slowly across the bridge, hands raised, talking to the Trogs. "You seem to have known what my friend was saying, so I thought I would try to. My name is bishop and we just want to get past you in order to find some bad people down here."
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:36 AM
Ren puts down her rapier and walks a few steps behind Bishop. If he is going to die, then it will be in her arms.
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:37 AM
Watches with 'The Cleaver' ready, keeping one eye on the waterfalls in case they're hiding anything.
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:38 AM
One of the troglodytes in the back looks up at Bishop. He utters a series of clicks, pops, and growls. A split second after he starts, you hear a voice speaking Elvish perfectly. "There are no 'bad people' this way. So the ones you seek must be elsewhere." The Elvin voice comes from what he holds within his hand.
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:39 AM
Rond will be watching the rest of the cavern, while the exchange goes on, just in case there might be more than just the trogs.
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:40 AM
Maliki is somewhat surprised by the reptile-men being able to speak elvish, or being able to cast magic to do so. He kept his eyes focused on the back of the group and the side-walls though. He didn't know the nature of these creatures and until he knew more he wasn't going to relax any.
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:41 AM
strides over to where Ren laid down the weapons and casually picks them up. Knowing, for some reason, that they may be needed quickly. He prepares to get them to their rightful owners when they call for them. "well, now this should be interesting. out of the frying pan and into the fire. get ready for the fire drill"
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:42 AM
.....leans forwrd on the swords whistling a tune from his childhood days while waiting for something to develop...." hey Thorin, think we could take 'em if we had to ? " .....eyes keenly following brother and sister.
James Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:43 AM
Snaps out of the daze he'd been in, and asses the situation.. Worrying about Bishop and Ren being upfront un-armed, he sheathes his sword, and walks over to them slowly, stopping so he is just behind them, but not quite breathing down thier necks.
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:44 AM
Towards the party. "Violence may not be necessary"
Trogolodyte Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:45 AM
Leader The leaders looks at Rond and repeats awkwardly in faltering common, "Violence may not be necessary." His voice trails off strangely at the end.
Trogolodyte Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:46 AM
One of the other trogs whistles something and then the stone says, "Bad ones you seek. Be they wizards? Wizards that befriend death?"
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:47 AM
These guys don't act or behave like any Trogolodytes I've ever heard of. It's almost as if they are smarter.
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:48 AM
"Be careful guys, I think that stone the leader holds is translating two ways. He's hearing everything we are saying."
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:49 AM
Looking at the rest of party, "It's not the wizards that we need. Just the one wizard body. We want to avoid the other wizards if possible, right?"
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:50 AM
"It may be that the stone controls them also"
Trogolodyte Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:51 AM
Leader "No control, cept for most holy Nyral, god of clan."
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:52 AM
" Nyral a powerful and wise god of the clan?" speaking at the speaker of the trogs
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:53 AM
Hearing the creatures speak of their 'God' Maliki starts to move towards the front, "Tell us where might this god of yours be, so we can learn more about him."
James Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:54 AM
Feeling a little out of his element with the talking, he starts looking around trying to make sure that if the troglodyte's have anything planed, it atleast won't be a surprise..
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:55 AM
" lets just cut to the chase here " Sedar directs his attention to the trog leader (without moving closer) " Well my fine follower of Nyral, We are in search of a body of a long deceased wizard, he is or should I say was a very evil man, by the name of MENGOR!. You help would be greatly appreciated." .........thinking of what could the groups, so called, leader be doing just standing on the bridge....wondering if he has been ???
Bishop Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:56 AM
Looking at the trogs "Yes, the men we seek befiend death and are probably wizards."
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:57 AM
'The Sons of Dread are who we are fighting with. But it's Mengor's body that we're looking for.
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:58 AM
Thorin tries his best to keep silent. He begins rocking on his heels, wanting to use his ax.
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:07:59 AM
Ren waits to see the trogs' reaction to the questions about their god.
Trogolodyte Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:00 AM
Leader The leader demands, "Why want to know Nyral? Why seek evil men and wizard body? State now. You evil or good?"
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:01 AM
Looks to Bishop for this reply.
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:02 AM
"I am Maliki priest of Alemi, and a great evil has befallen our land. We were sent in the name of the gods of good to find the body of the dead mage the others spoke of to undo the evil above, before it spreads any further." ::pauses:: "In the name of the Gods of good, will you help us before the evil spreads down here?"
James Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:03 AM
James still stands silently.. Realizing he's not checked his gear in awhile, he removes his bow from his shoulders, and checks to make sure it's still in working order.
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:04 AM
"yes, well spoken Maliki" Sedar nods respectfully in Maliki direction.
Bishop Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:05 AM
"You may need to keep it simpler Maliki." Then to the Trogs still aproaching slowl, still with hands in the air "Yes, we good, look for bad men so good people not be hurt!"
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:06 AM
The troglodytes notably tense as James pulls out his bow; the leader raises a claw and they still. The leader then scowls at Bishop and pointedly talks to Maliki. "Perhaps we help each other, if you smart enough to understand. Come, talk with Chief." He turns and walks down the path away from the party, sending a runner ahead of him. The other troglodytes part and motion for the party to follow their leader.
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:07 AM
Assuming he meant everyone, Rond will start to follow.
James Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:08 AM
James re-shoulders his bow, and takes a rear guard position when they follow the trog's.
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:09 AM
"well, Maliki it looks like you've found a friend" casually begins to follow the trog leader, pausing to allow Maliki to show the way.
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:10 AM
Moving towards the front of the group, Maliki follows the fish-man creature. At Sedar's comment he smiles, and says in a quiet voice, "Do not relax yet my friend, this is either going to be very good, or very, very bad."
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:11 AM
Thorin follows, keeping his ax out and to the rear of the group.
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:12 AM
Ren gets her rapier back from Sedar. "So far so good, glad I didn't need this again."
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:13 AM
.....nods in response to Maliki's whispered comment and queitly replies "I hope it's not the very, very bad" .....and then silently falls in behind Maliki after graceously returning the weapons to the Ren and Bishop.
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:14 AM
As the party begins following the leader, eight more trogs jump through the waterfalls onto the bridge. They are definitely loaded to defend themselves, but make no hostile actions. Four of the new arrivals take over the watch at the end of the bridge as the others become your rear guard. They wait for Bishop to continue with the rest of the party and gesture impatiently.
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:15 AM
"Well Bishop, are you coming?"
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:16 AM
The priest followed after the strange looking creatures. As he did, he kept carefull track of the path they traveled in case they needed to travel it by themselves later.
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:17 AM
" hey Thorin, seems like Bishop is always the last one " says Sedar as he follows along with the the group, humming a tune softly to himself.
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:18 AM
Rond will fall back, and 'assist' Bishop. (unless of course, he decides it's time to move ;) )
James Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:19 AM
James keep's to the rear of the part of the group that is moving. When the new trog's jump out, he quickly moves for his sword, but when he see's they are not attacking, he does not draw it, but still keep's his hand on the hilt.
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:20 AM
"Gentlemen, please stop picking on my brother." ......pause......"Hey Bishop dear? Coming?"
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:21 AM
passing by Thorin Sedar whispers "something must have Bishops tongue" ,as he continues to follow the trogs, pairing up with Maliki in the front of the party. "Maliki, any ideas where they may be bringing us ?"
Trogs Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:22 AM
The Trogs lead the party further into the second level(south) of the crypt taking a right(west) and a left(south). At this point, the leader says, "Be very careful!" and leads the party over a sideless bridge that overlooks rapids some 30' below. Once across the group descends down some steps(south) that turn left(west) ending in a door. Going through the door the trogs lead the way(still west) through the door and onto a cone shaped dock that sits directly on top of those underground rapids. One blows a lonely horn, and a raft slowly makes it's way upstream after a few minutes by pulling on ropes secured into the walls of this underground water passage. The raft is manned by 4 trogs that are lead by a smallish figure in black robes.
Robed Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:23 AM
Figure The robed figure says something that translated by the stone comes out as, "Bringing home some pets, K'ill?"
K'ill Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:24 AM
"No highness, he answers. "They try undo evil of forebears. They would remove Mengor from horrid rest. I bring to chief. Maybe help each other."
Hooded Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:25 AM
Figure "Well then." She throws back her hood and reveals smooth skin, pointed ears, and a civilized bearing. Very beautiful, in a slight lizard-like sort of way. "I am K'istt, daughter of our chieftain. Welcome!"
Bishop Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:26 AM
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:27 AM
to K'istt "Well met, we are honored by your welcome" Sedar bows repectfully "I am Sedar and these are my friends" and Sedar introduces each member of the party "Maliki, James, Ren, Rond, Thorin, and Bishop" gesturing to each as he names them.
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:28 AM
Rond will nod his head in acknowledgement of the greeting. (I take it Bishop was left speechless, by that empty post! ) :)
James Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:29 AM
James bow's slightly when he is introduced "An honor to meet you."
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:30 AM
Standing tall, and speaking in a level tone, "Greetings your Highness. I am Maliki Priest of Alemi, and I look forward to meeting your father."
Bishop Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:31 AM
K'ist Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:32 AM
"Great! I'ts certainly nice to finally meet some civilized folk from the topside. I was beginning to think you extinct. Let's be on our way then."
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:33 AM
(sorry for not posting last night. Couldn't get AOL or the website to work right.) After everyone is on the raft, and Bishop, still in a stupor, is helped on, the raft is allowed to carefully repel using the ropes down the rapids of the underground stream. Ten minutes later and after having passed several rocky islands the stream opens into a huge cavern with an island in the middle. The sweet smell of fish and other things cooking wafts toward you. The raft comes to a halt on a large wharf where three other rafts and two canoes also are tied. A horn of alarm goes off and within a minute a contigient of 20 Trogolodyte soldiers arrive at the wharf. The princess smiles, causing the male soldiers to melt.
K'istt Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:34 AM
"Prepare the way. I bring surface dwellers to meet with my father. I count them worthy."
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:35 AM
The party is led across the island. It is beautiful. The colors of the wild plants are extremely vivid under the light of the glowglobes. Every inch of the island has been cultivated into a garden of incredible magnificence. No stone is out of place. Here and there ugly Trogolodyte men court the beautiful Trogolodyte women with great love and tenderness. Those who are on work shift, toil and sweat gardening and tending to the small chicken like creatures that roam free. Trog children stop and stare at your strangeness as you pass. There seems to be a hint of elven techniques in the picky way that the Trogs care for their community and homes.
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:36 AM
Thorin running out of patience with our so-called leader, slaps him hard. "Come out of it man!"
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:37 AM
Softly to her brother, "I'm worried about you bro. Do I need to take you to the surface?"
Bishop Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:38 AM
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:39 AM
"An amazingly lovely place this is" Sedar say as he steps off the raft and continues to follow "Your people seem to put in a great deal of effort to maintain everthing so well. I am very honored to be able to see these things, you have my sincerest respect"
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:40 AM
As they landed Maliki fell back towards the middle of the group. He looked around seeing the happy children gathered to watch them, he realize what excitement this must be for them. Remembering his less then happy childhood, the priest reached into his pouch pulling out two silver pieces. He takes a moment to remove some dirt from them with his hands to make them shine as much as possible. Then tosses one and then the other towards the feet of the children. Calling out as he does so, "Alemi blesses all the children of the Wold!"
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:41 AM
Rond will smile and nod to each chlld that is bold enough to look him in the eye. (bishop, does the empty post mean that you are following behind, but you are sitting on a stool, with a drool bucket under neath you, and a blank empty stare?! :) )
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:42 AM
Bishop stumbles, collapses to a sitting position and then loses all bodily functions. He has a blank stare on his face and is not responding to any stimuli.
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:43 AM
"Bishop! Oh Gods! What's happening to him?? Somebody do something?? OH PLLLEEEASE!"
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:44 AM
"Calm thyself milady. Everyone will do what they can." Thorin forcefully (Str. roll of 7) pulls Ren away letting others hopefully help him. He looks meaningful at the others.
K'istt Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:45 AM
"Quick go get the shaman!" She orders the soldiers. She kneels over Bishop and takes in his unbelievable ugliness along with the parties feelings of love for him and begins to weep over him with unbidden tears. She calls out, "Onyra, help this elf so far from home. Give him a vision of that place to ease his soul."
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:46 AM
Seeing Bishop go down the priest of Alemi moves up to the knight; "Please stand back and give me room to work." Then Maliki kneels down besides Bishop pulling out several types of leaves and powders, along with a magical potion of healing. Next he starts to check Bishop's eyes and pulse, using his knowledge in healing and herbalism to try and determine what has happened to the man.
James Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:47 AM
James watches as Bishop collapses, and frown's slightly. He begins to wonder if maybe there is something in the cave that is affecting him, or if it is just being shut up like they are..
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:48 AM
queitly watching the actions of everyone. as well as their surroudings. Giving plenty of room so that Maliki can do his work.
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:49 AM
Ren spins and elbows Thorin in the stomach (Rolls a 15 and does 1 point of damage + Str. = 3 hpd. [sorry]) and sobbing takes her brother in her arms and cradles his head. "Oh Holy Alemi! Please help him! Please!!!"
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:50 AM
Thorin out of reflex begins to reach out to grab Ren again, then realizing the move would be futile, feels of his sore chest instead. "Ouch, she bangs a wallop!"
K'isst Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:51 AM
"What's wrong with him? Are you a Shaman? OH, she shudders, and turns to Ren. Is this all my fault?" She shows tears out concern for the fallen elf. Water from her eyes drops on Bishop's pale face.
The Shaman Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:52 AM
A Trogolodyte in heavy face paint and holding a mask cleverly carved as the top portion of a intricate staff, forces himself on the scene and commands, "Soldiers! Clear away these .................infedels! And let me through!" He forces his way to the body and pushes Ren away from her brother (Overbear--rolling a 14 hitting AC -1)He puts his mask close to his face and says, "He is far from this place. Only he as the warrior can fight his way back. Take him to the holy place!"
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:53 AM
Both James and Sedar see Ren's pack. Something strange is happening. There is green light coming from inside. It begins to shine brighter and brighter.
Bishop Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:54 AM
....groans....
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:55 AM
"The medallian" (aplogies from player, seemed to have missed a day)
James Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:56 AM
James look's at the glowing backpack, and quickly walks over behind Ren. "Ren, there is something going on with your backpack. It's beginning to glow.." Without waiting for her to respond, he reaches into the backpack, and if he can see it, or feel it pull's the medallion out, and goes a few feet away from the other's incase it reacts to being out in the open.
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:57 AM
As the others draws the priest attention towards, the glowing amulet, Maliki cursed himself for not have thinking of the possible connection before. Bishop's strange behavior had started when they found it, maybe it was the cause for the man's strange actions. Looking to the shaman, who he hoped was more experienced than himself, "Tell us is it possible that amulet is causing my friends illness, or might it be the key to curing him?"
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:58 AM
stepping over to Ren "REN,....... you came in contact with the medallion first, did it affect you in anyway? think back"
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:08:59 AM
Tears flowing down her face, she tries to concentrate. "I remember being dizzy. I remember it reaching out to me and sort of....analyzing what sort of person I was. I laughed inwardly at that and it seemed to stop probing me. All of this happened in a flash. I didn't mention it at the time, because our little friend showed up about that time. By the Way, where did he get off to?"
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:00 AM
"I seem to remember him running away when these people here showed up."
Trog Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:01 AM
Shaman Instructs the soldiers to take Bishop's body to the "Cave of Spirits" so that he could rest from the curses that afflict him." He turns to the party and continues, "Yes, I fear that the medallion you provoked from the young ladies'pack has either sparked a forgotten memory, or increased his fears in some area, maybe both. It definitely has him locked down thinking in an ever increasing circle of remembrance on one side, while visualizing a ever repeating future of horror on the other. What is supposed to happen to the surface world if you fail in this quest I so easily pull from his tortured soul?" About this time, everyone arrives at a well marked and painted cave opening and the shaman take Bishop inside and begins lighting candles and incense. A group of old women form at the entrance and sit. They begin to mourn loudly for him first with the moans of those who speak, and then with the silent mouth movements of those creatures of the sea who do not speak.
K'isst Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:02 AM
"No one is allowed inside when he treats the sick except the closest family member. Ren, you may enter. I ask the rest of you to come with me to meet my father. He awaits."
James Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:03 AM
James looks at the amulet in his hand and frowns. He looks at all it's sides, and gives it a tenative squeeze, to see if he can damage it. Then, his curiosity overcoming his limited intellect, he quickly slips the medallion over his head, and around his neck and look's around for the cheif..
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:04 AM
In response to the lady's words Maliki nods, but seems greatly disturbed by having to leave the fellow priest's side. Then looking to Ren; "Do not worry we will do everything in our power to destroy the evil that is affecting your brother. Soon both of you will be on the surface together again, until then watch over your brother well." Then Maliki turns a follows the lady.
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:05 AM
Rond will follow K (forgot daughter's name). "I believe we should relate our story to them"
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:06 AM
begins to follow K'istt, nodding in agreement with Rond "quite right Rond." then turns and Pointedly asks "James, any sensations from wearing the amulet" showing somewhat of a surprise to his action.
James Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:07 AM
James looks around and shrugs, slightly surpriesed that something hadn't happened yet.. "Ask me again in a few minutes if I haven't been blown to bit's by it by then.."
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:08 AM
"well James, I'll keep an eye on you" And then with an unconcerned ease he follows K'istt quietly humming to himself..... (wondering how bishop is doing- hoping Ren is handling herself .........just fine........ahhh knowing She has the strength to get through this).
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:09 AM
catching up to K'istt "now that things seem to be coming closer to the day of reckoning, perhaps you could help us locate the dead wizards body, it may help our friend if we can destroy it. The sooner the better." Quickly looking over his shoulder to get a glimpse of James, to see if he alright with the medallion.
The Medallion Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:10 AM
"Blow you up? That certainly wouldn't help your friend...and I can help your friend...if you help me." (This is just to James. No one else hears what the medalion says. I'm including it here, just to be different. Sometimes it's fun to role-play things when you know out-of-character information.)
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:11 AM
Thorin follows the group to meet the chief, trying to hurry things along.
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:12 AM
Ren watches everything this Shaman does nervously. She wavers between extreme anger and helplessness.
K'isst Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:13 AM
"This way please." She leads the way to a central building made that seems to be a combination shack and tent. She pauses at the entrance and says, "Father, I have come. I bear guests who are honorable and who have sustained injury while amongst us. I beg you to see them and hear their plea."
S'centt Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:14 AM
"Come my daughter. I have anticipated your needs. The council sits. Prepare them for a sending!"
K'isst Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:15 AM
"A....(look of mixed horror and surprise growing on her attractive face) sending? Father they are outsiders! They..."
S'centt Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:16 AM
"Hush my daughter. The spirits already begin to come. These people have been foretold. They are The Bringers of Light as was prophesized at your birthing. I have been given the sign. PREPARE THEM!"
K'isst Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:17 AM
Her face very red and embarrassed, K'isst turns and leads the party into a smoking tent across from the council tent. Inside is a bath of mud. K'isst says, "To hear the spirits and find out the truth of all things, we must....must approach them as all things are when they are born. We must be.......naked before them." She says this last bit very softly and you can see her embarrassment...especially as she looks at James. Quickly she turns and in a corner crouches and strips. Then she begins to rub mud over her face and body.
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:18 AM
grinning in amusement at her embarrassment Sedar begins to follow her example by removing his clothing at putting into a neat little pile "the way we came into this world was not covered in mud?" but starts to rub the mud over himself anyway "well K'istt what exactly is a sending ?" then turning to his friends "friends, it seems we must do what we must" Sedar keeps a watch over James and the medallion "Maliki a guess in means masks also ?" waiting to see Maliki reaction on the comment
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:19 AM
thinking to himself ........prophecy.....Bringers of Light......
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:20 AM
"Very strange. My guess, is that the mud symbolizes how we came from the earth and will return to it...that is unless you're an elf. Then nobody...." Thorin thinks twice about finishing his statement and dives into the mud pool. When he surfaces, "This stuff is gonna hurt alot if it dries."
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:21 AM
"Very well" Rond will turn his back and find a corner, or some place where he can find some mud and become covered.
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:22 AM
Following the others, the priest enters into the mud chamber. He hesitates when the lady mentions stripping down, unsure what to do, but as Seder makes his comment he knows he has no real choice. So instead for debating the issue he simply begins to take off all his items. His old, tattered and over-sized robes hide his face as well as his physical build. While not a large man, his body was taunt, and hard. Each muscle could be seen with each movement he made through his skin. As he revealed his face though it was easy to see why he kept it covered. The right was the innocent face of a young half-elf male, but the left was truely twisted. On the left side part of his lower lip was missing allowing his teeth and lower gums to be seen, and his cheek and jaw bones on the left side look like they had been repeatedly broken and then healed improperly. Then skin where the bones seem to be trying to cut through his ski, was course and heaviely scarred. But the priest held his head high, remaining his silent self as he approached the mud. He covered himself in it starting at his feet, leaving his face to be the last part to be covered.
Ki'sst Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:23 AM
"You have chosen to respect our customs. I am glad. Come." She opens the tent flap to the mudhouse, and immediately the tribe is all around you, torches lit, drums sounding, voices singing. A tribe has formeda line leading from the mudhouse to the council's chambers. As they sing, the warrior with the stone comes forward and offers it to Rond. After a short delay, the stone begins to translate the words to the song.
The Stone Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:24 AM
"Blessed be those who come... Blessed be! Those who bring the darkness Those shrouding that darkness with their Spirits. Blessed be the Spirits who come! Blessed be! Those who come from the deep to guide us! Those returning to live with us for the telling. Guided by Onra who flows through all."
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:25 AM
The party travels through the crowd and the noise and the dance and into the council chambers. It is stifling hot and several braziers can be seen. The council elder nods at you and motions at the floor. At the same time, the councilman sitting on the left hands Maliki a ceremonial pipe. He motions at it and smiles. He has no teeth.
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:26 AM
Accepts the stone, and assuming that the the words to the music is not "i'm a devil worshipping trog", will attempt to join in the singing, although it will be more like a chant, and if it is acceptable to the others. As he gets into his chanting/singing, if it's allowed to continue, a sorta of peace will settle over his features.
Maliki Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:27 AM
As he is handed the pipe he nods to the creature in thanks, and then smokes the pipe himself. Embracing the flavor of it, he passes back to the creature.(OOC; if he motions for Maliki to pass it on to the others he will)
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:28 AM
Trying to control her fraying feelings, Ren urgently whispers to Ki'sst, "What about my brother! Please! You've got to help him!"
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:29 AM
Thorin is deeply moved by Ren's compassion, but can't think of anything to do to help. He turns and examines the stonework walls in an attempt to ignore his helplessness.
Ki'sst Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:30 AM
Ki'sst gives Ren's hand a gentle squeeze as tears run down her face. Whispering below the music, she says, "Soon my friend; we are here to...". Ki'sst immediately stops and bows her head as the Shaman approaches.
The Medallion Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:31 AM
In James' mind, he hears the medallion speak, "If you do not wish to talk with me, let me speak to another. My help would cost only time."
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:32 AM
Maliki notices the pipe had a slight uplifting effect to his spirits, helping ease the stress. The councilman takes the pipe back, nodding approvingly at Maliki. Offering it to the others, he says something which the Stone interprets as "Help to touch". Glancing at the shaman, the councilman begins to look worried and gestures with the pipe a little more insistently. The shaman begins to dance. His whispered song slowly builds in a mighty crescendo, filling the cave with his voice and its echoes. Throwing his hands upward, his song yells, "To search, to ask, to see, TO HEAL!", only to drop into its whisper again.
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:33 AM
Rond will take the pipe, then either pass it back, or pass it to the next person. Looking at the council men, Rond will whisper, "touch pipe, or touch person?"
James Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:34 AM
James looks around and frowns. He very softly speaks "Sorry for the rudeness, I appriciate your help. I'm not used to having something talk to me and having to go naked in public.." He looks around "Who are you by the way.. And how can you help us?"
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:35 AM
Thorin turns and watches when the shaman starts dancing. He takes his turn at the pipe.
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:36 AM
Ren tries to think rationally. (thinking) "They're trying to help... this is futile! How is singing going to help! I can't deal with this much longer. Ki'sst seems nice enough, but if nothing happens soon, I'll either cut her way through these creatures or end up like my Bishop! Oh, Bishop, Bishop! Tell me what I should do! Big Brother, where are you; I need you!" She begins to sob uncontrollably.
Ki'sst Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:37 AM
Ki'sst takes the pipe and gently places it in Ren's mouth. She whispers encouragement in her ear, trying to get her to smoke it, and telling her the pipe will help. If Ren uses the pipe, Ki'sst will pass it to James.
The Medallion Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:38 AM
[To James] "Ah! I understand. I should have forseen that. Who am I...? We are the souls of Windhorn Hamlet, trapped by Mengor's cruel experiments. We cannot find the eternal rest we yearn for unless we unite with the key. We beg of you, please! Help us find peace in the arms of our Good and Merciful Gods! We will help your friend in exchange."
James Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:39 AM
James nods. "Of course we'll help you. And if you can help Bishop, that will be great. What do you need me to do to help Bishop? By the way, what's wrong with him? And other than helping Bishop, can you do anything else to help us?
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:40 AM
will kindly accept the pipe when offered and inhale deeply, with a sly smile on his mug. Sedar then glances over to James and ....." James, just who are you speaking to ?" Knowing the medallion has affected others before..." I hope you are not speaking to the Medallion ?" raising an eyebrow in concern at James.
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:41 AM
continues to chant, and waiting to smoke?! ( :) )
James Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:42 AM
James looks around and blushes. "Actually, I am speaking to the medallion.. It says it can help Bishop, if we help it.. It is the souls of the people that the wizard experimented on.. They want us to help them to find eternal rest.."
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:43 AM
"James. perhaps after the ceremony would be a better time to Check out the Medallion..... ............I would not want to insult these people by interupting their attempt to help us" Sedar whispers at James with a serious look of concern.
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:44 AM
will look around to see if anyone reacted to James comment and his own. Feeling good as the calming effect begins to grow. A sly smile appears across Sedar mug. He likes it.
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:45 AM
The music begins to end as each Troglodyte takes his turn with the pipe and stops singing. The room turns supernaturally quiet except for a quiet sound of... (Save vs Poison -4 or be affected by the pipe's contents)
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:46 AM
Thorin makes his save (rolled 15, needed 9).
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:47 AM
Ren starts to rebel when she realizes something is happening to her, but fails to overcome the effects. (rolled a 7)
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:48 AM
Those that saved can barely hear a monotone droning and do not see anything unusual. Those that did NOT save begin to hear a stream. You look around and see everyone standing in an open meadow, with a blue sky and dwellings in the valley. The stream you hear pours out from amongst the dwellings. Troglodytes skipping and laughing, follow the stream as it meanders towards you. They approach until they are about 50 yards away, and seem to run into an invisible wall. Puzzled, they begin to walk away, casting you glances of plea, dejected. [Be sure and play as you saved. You must also save after every DM post, no modifier, to see if the second-hand smoke in the cave affects you.]
James Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:49 AM
James look's around as the hallucination over come's him, and wonder's how he got here.. (Rolled a 20)
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:50 AM
(rolled 16) emotions of wonder and curiousity flow over Sedar as he sees the images appear. ......thinking dreamily to himself...... Laughing trogs running playfully around. Why can't they come closer? what kind of barrier is there?......absorbed in the drugs sensation Sedar tries to reach out to see if he can touch the barrier that seems to hold the happy trogs back, attempting to walk over to it if need be.
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:51 AM
Saved (rolled a 15). Rond will continue chanting. (asked earlier in the week if you wanted us to use the dice roller for these rolls. DIdn't get an anser).
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:52 AM
On the edge of your vision, you see the shaman appear. He is singing, dancing, attacking, burning incense, praying, chanting, screaming, prostrating himself, stretching up to the heavens, ... more things than your mind can comprehend where it not in this spirit-world. The receding troglodytes seem to hear his supplications and turn to face you. They join hands and melt one into another, an unexpectedly beautiful sight. As a united soul, they press forward against the resistance; but can only gain 20 more yards. This radiant soul reaches towards you, placing its 'hand' upon a small child before you. After a moment of tousling the child's hair, the being glances in your direction "Don't be fooled by treachery. It can save but will condemn." As an afterthought, as it dissolves into the ether, one last phrase enters you mind, "Trust your [midwife]." Reality comes rushing in and assaults your senses, as you smell the sweat and mud on all those around you. The shaman stands in the middle over Bishop, with his shoulders drooped and head bowed low.
Ki'sst Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:53 AM
Ki'sst, for some reason very embarrased, takes Ren by the hand and looks her in the eye. "You may see your brother now, but heed the words of our shaman." She then leads Ren over to Bishop.
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:54 AM
Seeing everyone come out of their daze, Thorin goes to Sedar. "What's going on here! Everyone was listening to their own music, if you know what I mean!"
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:55 AM
Ren follows Ki'sst, trying to sort out what she has seen and wondering if the others saw the same things. When she reaches her brother, she falls to his side, hope welling inside. She looks pleadingly at his face, hoping to see someone looking back.
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:56 AM
standing with a puzzled expression as he sorts through the vision Sedar turns to Thorin and speaks "Thorin.......it was a vision that we saw .....I think...... I am fine, thanks friend A vision with a messages. I don't quite understand it yet, but maybe we can sort through it together......" Sedar looks around to see if anyone else in the party acknowledges their experiences "Thorin what could be meant by 'Don't fooled by treachery. It can save but will condemn' ......" he turns to the others who had the visions and looks at them to hear what they may say. "is bishop alright ?"
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:57 AM
Rond sighs. "Why is it always riddles?!" Rond will shake his head, and then get up and follow the crowd.
Bishop Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:58 AM
Bishop slowly opens his eyes and looks lovingly at Ren. He gives a faint smile then passes out again.
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:09:59 AM
"Is he better!! Will he be OK?!?" She looks to Ki'sst then the shaman.
Thorin Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:10:00 AM
Thorin shrugs at Sedar's words. "Didn't see any visions, maybe these, uh..., this tribe may know."
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:10:01 AM
"James, you said the medallion can help Bishop! Has it brought him back to us? What do we need to do?"
Ren Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:10:02 AM
Noticably relaxing with Bishop's response, the words begin to flow, "James, are you okay? Rond, Sedar, Thorin, what did you see? I heard the warning, but don't understand it either. And what's with our midwife?"
Shaman Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:10:03 AM
Turning to the party, the shaman says, "We need to speak, come now.". He quickly leaves the cave.
Ki'sst Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:10:04 AM
"He doesn't like to wait, but I think you would feel more comfortable cleaned and dressed." "Please, follow me," she adds, holding her hands out to Ren and James.
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:10:05 AM
"Well Thorin it seems your sturdyness protects you well from the influence of what ever they used to induce that vision on us,..... .althuogh it was very absorbing and intense" Smiles smugly and begins gathering his belongings to follow K'isst behind James and Ren. "James ,just what did your invisble friend tell you it could do? and what does it want in return? be careful with what promise it........." Will wash quickly and then catch up with the Shaman
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:10:06 AM
"Thank you for your consideration Ki'sst" Rond will gather his stuff, and once shown, clean up as quickly as possible.
DM Thursday December 31st, 1998 10:10:07 AM
As the party begins to leave, several of the shamans underlings pick up Bishop's litter and carry him to another building. When the party finally arrives at the shaman's hut, he glares at Ki'sst for your tardiness.
Foster Thursday December 31st, 1998 2:02:59 PM
Hiram's assistant, Foster, enters grinning from ear to ear. "I've found some! Adventurers at your service. Meet Andraaxius Slowblade a Warrior extraordinaire and a local who has answered the call, dear ol' Borbo."
Hiram Veril Thursday December 31st, 1998 2:03:00 PM
"Welcome all! I'll leave you to introduce yourselves and get acquainted. I"ll be back in a bit with some refreshments."
Borbo Thursday December 31st, 1998 2:03:01 PM
A pudgy little halfling with a longsword stapped to his back as if it were a giant two-hander looks about. He smiles a big toothy grin and starts talking, "Might as well be first. Borbo. Borbo Pastna. Local resident of the Hamlet. Have a little farm on the edge of town. Heard there was trouble. Thought someone might need some help."
Draax Thursday December 31st, 1998 2:03:02 PM
A young half-elf steps forward slowly with a nervous look in his eye, he is wearing chain mail with a longsword at his side and a longbow over his shoulder. He takes a big swallow and begins to speak, he starts in a weak voice, but it grows stronger as he continues. "Andraaxius Slowblade at your service, my friends call me Draax, I have waiting my whole life for this opportunity to fight evil and I will not let you down."
Rond Thursday December 31st, 1998 2:03:03 PM
A Human will step forward and say, "I am Rond." Rond stands 6'4" wearing leather armor, and carrying a 2-hand sword.
Branze Bones Thursday December 31st, 1998 2:03:04 PM
The door to the table comes open with a thud and in steps a man wearing the garments of a Brother of Domi. "Priest, priest who is the head of this temple?" demands the gruff looking Brother. When a priest finally does come to introduce himself Branze launches into a brief history of events that unfolded one the road. "I meet a dwarf by the name of Thorin who bears bad times. He was carrying the body of a fallen commrade, a elf i believe. He then went on to explain about a wizards tome with magical items capable of destroying the town. I swore i would return to help the remaining defeat the evil. What shall i do brother?" he says looking confused and angered at the same time.
Sedar Thursday December 31st, 1998 2:03:05 PM
A 1/2 elf of a smaller build deftly rises "thanks you Foster for finding these fine people" after listening to everyone introduce themselves Sedar begins....." hello I'm Sedar a mage of many different talents, well met... we face many perils ahead." as he welcomes the newcomers with a nod and a hand. "welcome one and all" .......Sedar sits down and awaits Hirams return.
Hiram Sunday January 10th, 1999 2:02:59 PM
Ahh....Welcome Branze! I feel luck beginning to turn our way. Yes! I definitely feel this group to be more lucky than the last. May Wardd bless your ventures on our poor town's behast! Now, as I understand it the plan is to reenter the tomb and return to the Trogolodytes to try and get their help to locate the tomb? Am I correct?
James (Done by Jerry) Sunday January 10th, 1999 2:03:00 PM
James sadly enters the room and removes his hood. Tears are in his eyes as he says to Rond and Sedar, "Bishop has passed on. He couldn't bear to go on without Ren. He just couldn't. I've decided to take off too. Take him home. Perhaps I can catch up with Thorin and Ren. Sorry." He clasps shoulders with Sedar and Rond, turns to the door and says, "Well, that's it then." He leaves. The door shutting sounds hollow echoing through the high walls of the study.
Borbo Sunday January 10th, 1999 2:03:01 PM
Stares quietly at the door James just went through for a moment. Then he smiles and begins to speak happily again, "Luck you say? Fine. Fine. Perils and welcomes. Yes. Trogolodytes. Nasty. Nasty."
Draax Sunday January 10th, 1999 2:03:02 PM
Relaxes after hearing the words of welcome, watches quietly as James leaves through the door and waits to see what happens next.
Branze Bones Sunday January 10th, 1999 2:03:03 PM
"So, we have to consult the underdwellars for this quest to work. Very well." he says as he scans the room looking at the others gathered to save the town. "Well if this is the group to solve this riddle well damn, i see no problems in this quest. I am Brother Branze Bones and i shall do my best to see this quest does not fail." he says rubbing the stubble on his face and smiling at each of the group in turn.
Rond Sunday January 10th, 1999 2:03:04 PM
"I believe we do need to return to the trogs, since there seemed to be more informationt that they could offer. What say you Sedar?"
Sedar the Mage Monday January 11th, 1999 2:02:59 PM
After saying goodbye and wishing James luck in his life, the 1/2 elf turns to Rond and Brother Bones...."Yes I think we must return to visit with the trogs, they have been of great help and would gladly, I think, help us again" .....smiling at Brother Bones ethusiasm, knowing it will be needed, and grateful that he is here. "I say we start as soon as we eat and can get ready.....what say the rest?"
Hiram Veril Monday January 11th, 1999 2:03:00 PM
Hiram produces a ring on a necklace. "I gave this to one of you when you entered last. If only it had been used. It carries an extraordinary amount of luck. Use it when the times get roughest and hope is gone. Good luck always to all of you." He smiles, but looks nervous.
Borbo Monday January 11th, 1999 2:03:01 PM
Puzzled as to whether Hiram means they are to have the ring, the necklace, or both waits for someone else to claim them while saying in a cheerful voice, "Let's go."
Branze Bones Monday January 11th, 1999 2:03:02 PM
"Yes let us leave time is a wasting and a magic item needs to be stopped from exploding." he says heading towards the door. "Perhaps someone that has been in this tome before should claim the ring." he says as he opens the door to the temple to let the days sunshine filter in through the opening in the door.
Draax Monday January 11th, 1999 2:03:03 PM
Walks to the door and looks at those who has been to the tomb of Mengor before and says "since you gentlemen are more experience in these matters I will follow you lead".
Rond Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:02:59 PM
"Sedar are you going to lead this merry band?"
Sedar Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:03:00 PM
Sedar gratefully accept Hiram offered gift of luck. "Thank you, Hiram, may Wardd look upon us." Turning to face the party.... "well I guess we're off to Mengor's Tomb ..... and we'll have no talk of leaders..... we are a band of few... we should work together and not worry about that...." Sedar gathers up his things and heads out the door "Rond my friend, care to show us the way..?"
Hiram Veril Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:03:01 PM
Hiram places the necklace holding the ring around Sedar's neck. "Luck be with you! Remember we have but two days for you to find Mengor's body, bring it out and burn it. Then, we celebrate! Festival time!"
DM Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:03:02 PM
Rond leads the group to the graveyard north of town, off the left side of the road, past a few small farms. He then leads unwaveringly to the small mauseleum where the entrance to the crypt is. A trail of bloody prints leads to the north where the graverobbers made their retreat.
Borbo Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:03:03 PM
carelessly enters.
Branze Bones Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:03:04 PM
"Do we need light in this tomb or is it lit?" he says as he begins to draw out a torch. He lights the torch and enters the tomb behind borbo.
Draax Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:03:05 PM
Enters behind Borbo and Bones, turns to those who has been here before and says "Is there anything in here that we should be looking out for?"
Rond (under lots of sleet) Tuesday January 12th, 1999 2:03:06 PM
"The only thing to really look for is ambushes!" As Rond will take a quick glance around the area to see if there's anything more than just the bloody footprints, before proceeding in.
DM Wednesday January 13th, 1999 2:02:59 PM
Inside the mauseleum is a single coffin. It's lid sits broken against the wall. Inside the coffin is a set of stairs leading down. On one interior wall of the coffin is a hastily scrawled note nailed there with an old rusty nail. The note says, "Adventurers, we know of your presence. Please enter. You will not succeed. You will instead unwittingly aid us in our destruction of this area of The Wold. May you be brave and strong so as to help our plans reach fruition." It is signed --Sons of Dread.
Branze Bones Wednesday January 13th, 1999 2:03:00 PM
Well it appears there expecting us." says Branze after reading the note. "So." he slides his sword out from its sheath. "Let them know that death comes to those that worship doom." he says in a much more serious voice than he has used before. "If any in here are skilled in the art of seeing the hidden or detecting traps i suggest they do so. If there waiting for us there going to be prepared." he says holding the torch aloft at the base of the stairs letting some torch light filter down to the abyss.
Sedar Wednesday January 13th, 1999 2:03:01 PM
lighting a torch and following the band down the stairs. "well I was hoping that they weren't ready so quickly, I wonder if it will be the same fellows from before." pointing to the tunnel they followed before..... "there is or maybe was a bottle of smoke down there a ways, I don't see any evidence of it now, except for the cork in my pocket" quietly drawing his short sword, in his free hand ... "who wants to watch our back as we go ? and watch for the trogs, they are FRIENDS"
Draax Wednesday January 13th, 1999 2:03:02 PM
"Since they had given us such a gracious invitation it would be a shame to keep them waiting" Draax draws his longsword and readies his shield "I have no skills to aid in detecting trap or ambushes, so if there are no objections I will guard our rear" turning to Sedar with a puzzled look on his face he asks "what does trogs look like?"
Rond Wednesday January 13th, 1999 2:03:03 PM
"I would suspect that they might have reset some of the traps that we ran across before"
Borbo Wednesday January 13th, 1999 2:03:04 PM
"I can look for the traps. I have a little skill with that. Not alot mind you. But some. That is to say, I've found some before."
Branze Bones Wednesday January 13th, 1999 2:03:05 PM
"Well then what shall the order be for are entrance into the tomb?" he says as they stand above the stairs discussing the matter. "My suggestion be that the best fighter be right behind are short friend Borbo. That way if trouble comes while he is looking for traps, then Rond can fight off the enemy while the halfling can get out of harms way. But, i know little of each of your abilities and this is just a guess." he says looking about the group for a better suggestion. "If any of us take wounds down there let me know i have some talents with healing. And some small skill with my sword." he states his skills so the group may know how he can be trusted for the right job.
Sedar Wednesday January 13th, 1999 2:03:06 PM
replying to Draaxx "humaniod reptilain would be a vauge, but close kinship in appearence. They are also a very bright people" Turning to Brother Bones "...marching orders sounds good to me, you want rearguard duty ?" The 1/2 elf then nimbly glides down the stairs with torch in one hand , short sword in the other.
Rond Wednesday January 13th, 1999 2:03:07 PM
"I will go where ever you suggest." (Jerry, you had said in the past that technically it was unnecessary to draw weapons before combat, since you allowed PC's to draw and swing in the same round. I'd like to confirm that, especially for our new players :) )
Sedar Wednesday January 13th, 1999 2:03:08 PM
The grey cloaked 1/2 elf awaits the rest of the band at the bottom of the stairs. "Rond Brother Bones idea sounds good..so why don't you take point with Borbo...."
DM Saturday January 16th, 1999 2:02:59 PM
Sedar's torch illumines the stairs and the room beyond. The room shows signs of battle. Two dead mages in purple robes lay dead to one side. Four blackened and fried Trogolodytes lie next to them. Someone has jammed the secret door keeping it open about 3 inches.
K'isst Saturday January 16th, 1999 2:03:00 PM
A sweet female voice grunts a few syllables from behind the opening. Then the grunts are repeated in each player's prime language, "Praise the Sea Goddess the surface dwellers have returned to us. And they have brought friends!" The door opens revealing a beautiful female Trogolodyte dressed in very provocative clothing with two large shells acting as a top. She smiles and the worries of The Wold melt away. She grunts and a stone in her hands translates perfectly, "Welcome. We were afraid you would not return to us." She turns her smile on each in turn and says to the new people, "I am K'isst. You are welcome to our past and future home amongst the accursed one."
Figure Saturday January 16th, 1999 2:03:01 PM
A figure in a long dark robe appears at the top of the stairs above and behind you silent and menacing.
Darius Saturday January 16th, 1999 2:03:02 PM
The black robed figure slowly walks down the stairs, it's robe making a soft swooshing sound with each step. He reaches half way down the stairs, and taps the wall softly with his staff to make his presence known to the group. When he has their attention he speaks in a deep but youthful voice, "Greetings. I am Darius Paladinson. I heard of your quest and,I wish to offer my assistance."
Branze Bones Saturday January 16th, 1999 2:03:03 PM
Taking up the rear guard postition the Brother of Domi wheels around to look at the new figure at the top of the stairs. Seeing the new potential threat he takes his sword in a firm grip. Hearing the worlds of reassurance he slowly eases his posture to that of a less threatening pose and makes him self known. "Hail i am Brother Branze Bones, WHo sent you. Just so we know your not with the Bad guys?" says the brother rather bluntly. As to the matter of finding a lizard atractive Branze briefly glimpsed the trog and turned his attention to the figure in black.
Rond Saturday January 16th, 1999 2:03:04 PM
"Hail and well met K'isst." As Darius speaks Rond will turn and face him and come into position next to the brother, mumbling to K'isst, "Has there been any news since we departed?"
Borbo Saturday January 16th, 1999 2:03:05 PM
Waits for an answer from the newcomer.
Draax Saturday January 16th, 1999 2:03:06 PM
Nods politely to K'isst and turns towards Darius trying to look everywhere at once to ensure that the newcomer is alone. Waits to hear the answers from both K'isst and the newcomer.
Sedar Saturday January 16th, 1999 2:03:07 PM
sheathing his weapon as he hears K'isst's words and looks over the scene, Sedar then approaches and greets her "I glad to see that you are well, K'isst" quickly glances back at the figure on the stairs and sees his companions have things in hand ,he continues with K'isst "just what has happened during our short absence from here. Are there many more who have been hurt, and how can we help each other, we do not have much time now."
K'isst Sunday January 17th, 1999 2:02:59 PM
K'isst courtesies to Darius and then turns her attention to Rond the Mighty and Sedar the Brave. She speaks into a stone that translates what she says. "We have held this position since your departure. Twice the Sons of Dread have assaulted our position. The first time was just a probe. They tried a few spells, tested us and fell back. The second time they hit us with some powerful magic that we were able with the help of the Shaman to survive. They lost two of their number. One was captured, but used his own magic to kill himself rather than be interogated by our ancestors." She pauses. "We lost four brave trogs." She pauses again her eyes sparkle in a strange exotic way as she weeps for the departed. "But come, you must speak with the Elders and a bonding must be accomplished! This way!"
Rond Sunday January 17th, 1999 2:03:00 PM
Seeing that K'sst shows no apprehension for the stranger, Rond turns and follows.
DM Sunday January 17th, 1999 2:03:01 PM
She swirls her cloak and heads further into the crypt. Her guards fall in two on either side of her and the rest respectfully behind the party. She leads the party through a diamond shaped room with a statue of an angry wizard in it's center and enters a passage on the left. This passage eventually turns left again traversing a large chamber filled with statues of warriors, each older than the one in front of it. Beyond that, the passage gradually descends to a lower level as it curves to the left 180 degrees. The sound of running water begins to be heard. There a fantastic sight is experienced as the corridor walls are replaced by twin waterfalls on either side of the passage. The sound is almost overwhelming! There she calls quick halt and turns around to see that everyone makes it through the waterfall without mishap. She smiles sheepishly. (Just for fun, everyone roll a dex check to traverse this slick and dangerous area.)
Branze Bones Sunday January 17th, 1999 2:03:02 PM
Walking behind the Trogs and waiting for a reply from the new member of this mission he begins sighting a prayer. "To he who is strong and couragous. To he who is right and just. To he who grants victory and honor. To he who leads are hand in the fight. Let Domi guide are mission to sucess and allow us a brave and couragous victory against the forces of doom Let us not stray from the rightous path of virtue on are quest and Domi shall grant us Sucess." he finishes his chanting and begins to cross the passage under the waterfall.
Borbo Sunday January 17th, 1999 2:03:03 PM
Since it looks like they aren't going to fight, Borbo introduces himself to the newcomer, "Welcome. Welcome. I'm Borbo." Then he follows along while trying to memorize the way. He thanks the gods once again for his Stoutish heritage for he imagines without he would have been lost long ago. Upon arriving at the waterfall he gapes in awe just before skipping across with ease (6).
Sedar Sunday January 17th, 1999 2:03:04 PM
grey colors blending into the shadows of the torches flickering, Sedar casually follows along. "Darius....I'm known as Sedar, a mage...well met, your help is welcomed and needed." ....(rolls 9) ......walks confidently across without mishap, smiles at K'isst....then looks back to see how the others do.
Draax Sunday January 17th, 1999 2:03:05 PM
A little distracted by the beauty of the waterfalls Draax walks slipping and sliding across the walkway (roll 14), but makes it across.
Darius Sunday January 17th, 1999 2:03:06 PM
Darius nods to the one's who introduce themselves. He pulls back his hood, revealing a human male, of around sixteen years of age. To Sedar he bow's slightly "I am an apprentice necromancer, and I heard of your quest from my master. He is a necromancer of some slight power, but is too old to journey, so sent me here to help you. He felt that this smelled of evil necromancy, and he believe's, as I do, that our art had enough of an evil reputation without this act being attributed to us." With the introduction's done, he follow's K'isst making it across the waterfall easily. (rolled a 3)
Darius Sunday January 17th, 1999 2:03:07 PM
(Sorry, this part got left out of the last post) As Darius begin's his descent into the dungeon, a half grown puppy run's down the stairs. The puppy, a german-shepard, reaches Darius's side, who then scratches the dog's head absently before continuing on his way. The dog wag's his tail but remains silent as he follow's his master.
Branze Bones Sunday January 17th, 1999 2:03:08 PM
((rolls a 9))
Rond Monday January 18th, 1999 2:02:59 PM
Rond will walk across, and as always, marveling at the majestic nature of the place (rolled 11).
K'isst Monday January 18th, 1999 2:03:00 PM
K'isst casually puts her arms around Sedar and Rond and pitching her voice so that the waterfall keeps any but these two from hearing what she says speaks. "I think your new guys are keepers. Congratulations." She then kisses each lightly on the cheek which seems to preturb the guards who didn't know where to stand while she fratanizes with the surface dwellers. She grins a smile of one who knows she has just created lots of trouble for herself.
C'haad, K'isst's personal guard Monday January 18th, 1999 2:03:01 PM
C'haad face flushed says, "My princess, it's one thing to welcome the surface dwellers, but my princess! They are surface dwellers! They are not of the cleansed! Think of your position, your betrothal! The reputation of our whole tribe! You flaunt yourself before these strangers!"
K'isst Monday January 18th, 1999 2:03:02 PM
"Do not presume to speak to me in such a way! You are jealous because I did not choose you!" She steps defensively behind Sedar and Rond.
C'haad Monday January 18th, 1999 2:03:03 PM
C'haad takes a step forward, threatening. He growls, his huge shadow reflecting off of the waterfalls in the torchlight.
Branze Bones Monday January 18th, 1999 2:03:04 PM
Seeing the threat the trog presents he reaches down for the hilt of his sword put not yet ready to pull it.
Sedar the Charmed Monday January 18th, 1999 2:03:05 PM
The 1/2 Elf playfully accepts K'isst's friendly embrace. Adding a wink and smile after the bodyguard's comment. ..."Well Princess, we shall continue to see what our future holds for all of us."......enjoying the moment as he gives the large Ranger a friendly nudge forward, and then follows along with the K'isst and Rond. ....bethrothed..?...hmmm....looks over his shoulder to see his new companions expressions. .."come on fellows...we have work ahead and the clock is ticking.."...smiles again...
Draax Monday January 18th, 1999 2:03:06 PM
Looks at the affection shown between K'isst, Rond, and Sedar with a puzzled look on his face. Not exactly sure of what's going on, but is too embarrassed by his ignorance to ask. Reacts to the threat made my C'haad by taking a step toward him. After hearing Sedar's comments Draax relaxes a little, but waits to see if the bodyguard makes a hostile action against anyone in the party. If the bodyguard backs down, Draax will continue to keep an eye on C'haad and his hand to close to his sword whenever the bodyguard is around.
Borbo Monday January 18th, 1999 2:03:07 PM
All smiles and grins, Borbo walks up to the guards and sticks out his hand to shake, "Well met Chad, I'm Borbo. So how does a surface dweller go about being cleansed? Is it kind of like a bath? Do you guys make your own soap down here?"
Darius Monday January 18th, 1999 2:03:08 PM
Darius looks at C'haad and narrows his eye's warily. He call's to mind his magic missle spell, and slowly reaches into his coat, seeming to scratch an itch, but actually gripping the spell components necessarry to cast the spell, and awaits any hostile acts by the guard. Canine, Darius's dog, sensing his master's tension, growls deeply, his hackle's rising.
Rond Tuesday January 19th, 1999 2:02:59 PM
"Peace. There are bigger things a foot at the moment. We must first assure the Princess OF a future!" (what does one think of the wizard of oz and the yellow brick road, right now! :) ;) )
K'isst Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:02:59 PM
While lightly stroking Rond's and Sedar's shoulders, K'isst tells C'haad, in an obviously fake pout, "Yes, C'haad, we must insure my future, mustn't we?"
DM Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:03:00 PM
C'haad begins to turn an interesting shade of green, his skin losing most of its glossy sheen. Although its strong, you can only guess what emotion he is showing.
C'haad Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:03:01 PM
Ignoring the inconsequential halfling, C'haad keeps his slitted eyes on K'isst. "I am shocked that you would think I was jealous! I look for one worthy of the Prime Slayer's companionship!" With a moments glance at Darius, he adds, "I simply suggest that you look for one with enough sense to know his opposition before he accepts a challenge."
Borbo Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:03:02 PM
"Okay, okay, we've had our fun. Let's remember that we all want to stop the cursed Sons of Bread."
Rond Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:03:03 PM
"Come, it is this way, is it not, to the awaiting Elders?" Trying to pick the most likely direction.
Draax Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:03:04 PM
"Yes, lets do what we came here to do" following behind Rond.
Branze Bones Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:03:05 PM
Seeing the tension ease when the trog called chaad walks off, Branze removes his grip from the sword hilt. Noticing how the trog and his princess try and make each other jealous he assumes there is some emotion there and decides he best not test it. Walking behind the group in rear guartd position he quietly follows along, occasionally looking over his shoulder for any signs of them being followed.
Darius Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:03:06 PM
Darius frown's slightly, and remove's his hand from his robe. He pull's the hood of his robe up and he and Canine follow the group wherever they go.
DM Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:03:07 PM
Just as before, eight trogs jump through the waterfall onto the bridge after everyone crosses. This time, however, four of them head back towards the surface. With a few gestures from C'haad, you resume your travels down into the earth as K'isst and C'haad continue to argue, unceasing, unrelenting, unbearable. Most of their chatter is easily ignored, but a few phrases catch your attention. K'isst: "Was I the challenge you referred to?"... C'haad: "... trade the temple for the body...", C'haad: "...the death of their kind...", K'isst: "... Sedar looks pretty good wearing nothing but mud ..." [this last rewarding Sedar a glare of hatred from C'haad]. Eventually, the party reaches a sideless bridge, overlooking rapids some 30' below. "Careful! Be VERY careful!" K'isst unnecessarily warns. Once across, the group descends down some steps and through a door ending up in a clearing in front of the underground rapids. Several guards are present, all with hands on weapons. C'haad nods at one, who pulls out a horn and sounds a sorrowful note. After a few minutes, you make out a raft, using ropes secured to the walls, pulling itself upstream. After a moment you realize that neither C'haad nor K'isst has said a word since you descended the stairs.
Borbo Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:03:08 PM
begins to whistle
Darius Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:03:09 PM
Darius stands in the back of the group silently, watching for any possible trouble, not trusting Chad in the least.
Draax Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:03:10 PM
Observes silently.
Branze Bones Wednesday January 20th, 1999 2:03:11 PM
"Great a raft, well it had to be a raft didnt it. Did i ever tell you guys i cant swim." says Branze as he watches the raft approach the group and now wonders where they are going to be taken.
Rond Thursday January 21st, 1999 2:02:59 PM
Rond will wait patiently with everyone else.
Sedar the Thursday January 21st, 1999 2:03:00 PM
Outwardly showing no expression of the overheard converstion between the princess and her oversized bodyguard, ignoring the show of hatred. The Mage follows along with the Ranger till the rafts. ..thinking to himself.... ..challenge.? ...Primeslayer.? ...opposition.?.. .trade the temple ...body of.? .... going to be interesting.!!.. who is playing with who.. ??? watch yourself Sedar............
K'ill Thursday January 21st, 1999 2:03:01 PM
A extremely large Trog who seems to be in charge of the raft says, "K'isst, my princess. You've found them. Praise Holy Nyral!"
K'isst Friday January 22nd, 1999 2:02:59 PM
"Yes, K'ill. Take us to father and the elders. Decisions must be made. Agreements forged." She turns to the party, "Come." She steps carefully onto the raft. As she does so, she trips spinning into K'ill. He catches her grabbing her in an embarrasing location. He blushes. She smiles in a conniving manner. "Thank you K'ill" she croons as she looks at C'haad with ice cold eyes.
DM Friday January 22nd, 1999 2:03:00 PM
After everyone is aboard, K'ill gives the command and the four ropemen begin to let the raft repel downstream using a series of ropes and pulleys to keep the raft under control amongst the incredible rapids. The raft descends into the darkness. The trip lasts about half an hour. Towards the end the plummeting underground river passes several islands. It approaches the last and moors against a wharf next to 4 or 5 other rafts.
K'isst Friday January 22nd, 1999 2:03:01 PM
As both K'ill and C'haad move forward to take the position of leadership, K'isst removes her hood and preempts both males by stepping ashore (showing much leg to the derision of some female trogs watching) and says, "Prepare the way! I return with the surface dwellers to accomplish our salvation. They have proven themselves worthy."
DM Friday January 22nd, 1999 2:03:02 PM
The party is led across the island. It is beautiful. The colors of the wild plants are extremely vivid under the light of the glowglobes. Every inch of the island has been cultivated into a garden of incredible magnificence. No stone is out of place. Here and there ugly Trogolodyte men court the beautiful Trogolodyte women with great love and tenderness. Those who are on work shift, toil and sweat gardening and tending to the small chicken like creatures that roam free. Trog children stop and stare at your strangeness as you pass. There seems to be a hint of elven techniques in the picky way that the Trogs care for their community and homes.
Darius Friday January 22nd, 1999 2:03:03 PM
Darius pull's the hood of his robe back, and calmly follow's the group's leaders. After a moment or two, he falls back (or moves forward) to stand next to Sedar and begins to speak in a quiet voice. "Sir mage, I have a request to make.. I was wondering if you have a spell of protection that you could cast upon my familiar. He is vulnerable here, and I do not want him harmed if I could help it. Unfortunately, I do not have any spells that can protect him from harm.." He then keep's pace with Sedar until he get's a response, occasionally smiling at any female trog's that look his way.
Branze Bones Friday January 22nd, 1999 2:03:04 PM
Looking about the well organized village the warrior priest can see the structures for what they are. Beautiful but also functional for defense. The island home would make it extremely diffucult for an enemy to take this island without a high cost. His admirring look around the village does not include the trog woman. Which Branze does not find the least bit attractive. He wonders quietly to himself how the other men amognst the group can look at lizard woman with longing. "So K'isst." he says finally speaking up. "Tell us what is required of us to be the saviors your people hope we shall be?'
Sedar the mage Friday January 22nd, 1999 2:03:05 PM
After stepping out of the raft the 1/2 elf follows with his companions. Watching the exchanges between the princess and the two large trogs with curiousity. Replies to Darius "I may have something to help the little fellow, but will need some time to study. I hope we can afford alittle after our journey here. I'll do what I can" .. reaches down to scratch the dog between the ears ... " maybe you can tell me a little about how you can to find him later..." smiles as he sees the joyful enviroment that the trogs enjoy. ........ thinking to himself...K'isst is really up to something here..playing many against each other. ,,.. this trogs are getting huge, They tower over himself. Sedar will study to change his memorized spells when he finds some time.
Draax Friday January 22nd, 1999 2:03:06 PM
Following the others off of the raft, looks about the trog community and notices how similar it is to some of the elven surface communities that he had visited. He wonders how these creatures can be this intelligence and organized. Feeling totally out of his element and not having any experience with the trogs and their ways, Draax hopes that he will not do anything to offend them or hinder the mission. Saying in a low voice to no one in particular "From one surprise to another, what's next?"
Rond (still assuming no dm posts on weekends) Friday January 22nd, 1999 2:03:07 PM
Rond will gaze about the landscape and just take it all in. "K'isst, can you tell me more of your people and what goes on here? Or do we not have enought time before we see your father?"
Borbo Friday January 22nd, 1999 2:03:08 PM
With hands in his pockets Borbo continues to whistle like he's seen it all before. In reality he can't believe he's standing in a community of troglodytes that live in the local graveyard, and he tries desperately to look at everything without appearing to do so.
Sedar Friday January 22nd, 1999 2:03:09 PM
Quietly waiting to follow along.
Shaman Friday January 22nd, 1999 2:03:10 PM
A grotesque Trog comes forward. He bends over at the waist, his rhemutism preventing him from standing up straight. He is dressed in colorful leather, died many colors. His toothless grin welcomes you and then becomes serious. "Welcome once again to our humble homes. Come honored ones. The elders await. Then, if all is agreed, you may eat, rest and prepare as shall we. Come. Come."
DM Sunday January 24th, 1999 2:02:59 PM
The Trogspeople part creating a walkway between them. K'isst, with her two huge consorts at her heels, plunges ahead after the Shaman. She smiles seductively at Sedar as she passes. K'ill sees this and turns growling at the 1/2 elf.
Borbo Sunday January 24th, 1999 2:03:00 PM
Borbo stops whistling when the meet the Shaman. He eagerly introduces himself and then follows along quietly.
Branze Bones Sunday January 24th, 1999 2:03:01 PM
Follows along trying to see signs of holy symbols he would reconize. Wondering if the underdwellars had there own gods that answered there prayers.
Darius Sunday January 24th, 1999 2:03:02 PM
Darius follow's the shaman lost in thought.
Sedar the troubled Sunday January 24th, 1999 2:03:03 PM
Sedar slyly shakes his head as K'isst passes, knowing the game she plays. Looking upward at the towering trog, the Mage returns K'ill's growl, although probably not much of in comparison. Turning to his companions... "I wonder what's bothering him, that was rather rude, don't you think..." smiles quickly then follows to the elders.
Draax Sunday January 24th, 1999 2:03:04 PM
looks at Sedar and K'isst wondering if there is something going on between those two. Smiles at Sedar's comments and replies "maybe that's a sign of affection" follows behind laughing quietly to himself.
Rond Sunday January 24th, 1999 2:03:05 PM
This is not spoken aloud for everyone in the square to hear, but at least aloud enough for the humans to hear, and possibly for K'sst and her escort. I'd need feedback on which would be the safer to do. "I fear we are not known here well enough, to participate in the local politics. I do not wish to make any my enemy here." Rond will follow the Shaman
DM Monday January 25th, 1999 2:02:59 PM
The Shaman leads the party through to the center of the village. The group approaches an ancient old lean to that sits next to the Ancients Cottage. There is no front wall. The elders sit here on the floor set to formally receive the party. The Shaman leads the party to the elders and stops. The rest of the town makes a huge semi-circle and settles in to listen to this historic meeting.
DM cont. Monday January 25th, 1999 2:03:00 PM
K'isst moves forward to address the elders and Ch'aad grabs her arm, whirls her about and slaps her hard. "Not your place, princess. Place your speaking stone and take your place." K'isst seethes staring at him for a bit, but does as he says. K'ill nods in approval. Ch'aad bows to the elders and sits in front of them. He speaks loudly, "I bring the heroes from the surface world. They have proven themselves worthy and trustworthy. Hear their words and deeds." The lead elder nods his head and makes a ceremonial movement of his arm. Chaad motions for the party to sit with him. The lead elder speaks and the stone repeats the words, "What to do want of us Trogs/Elves/Mistake?" The last word the stone translates by saying all three hyphanated words at the same time.
Borbo Monday January 25th, 1999 2:03:01 PM
Starts to sit down like the elders and then notices that no one else sits and stands back up quickly. He looks rather embarrassed but speaks anyway. "Pleased to meet you gents. I'm Borbo... from up top. These fellows," he waves his hand to indicate the party, "are mighty heroes. Not me myself neccessarily. Brave perhaps. But mighty? I mean just look at me. I'm pretty small. I'm stonger than I look though. It's just that I wouldn't go so far as to call myself mighty. Now that Chad fellow he's certainly mighty..." Borbo realizes that he's rambling, "And so anyway, where here to stop the Sons of Dread from their evil plan. Can't be letting people run about carrying out evil plans. It's just not right you know?"
Branze Bones Monday January 25th, 1999 2:03:02 PM
"I am here to defeat the enemy, the brothers of doom. My god has choosen me to accept this mission and to save your village from being destroyed by there evil magic." he says with respect and allowing the stone time to translate his words. "I will honor they will elders on this, but the brother hood must be stopped." he bows as chaad did and steps back to allow the others a chance to speak.
Darius Monday January 25th, 1999 2:03:03 PM
Darius steps forward and bow's deeply before speaking. "I am here to stop the evil which is about to be done. For both the sake of the live's that will be lost, and the damage it may do to my profession, and way of life." He again bow's and steps back into the group.
Sedar Monday January 25th, 1999 2:03:04 PM
The 1/2 elf steps forward with a bow and speaks to the Elders "As you know of our last meeting here. We are in search of the body of Mengor. With it we can bring an end to this coming evil, by destroying that which focuses it, The Body...... your knowledge of where it may lie will be invaluble in that search..... my thanks." With another bow he retreats a step back and sits down.
Draax Monday January 25th, 1999 2:03:05 PM
Steps forward, bows, and speak to the Elders "I am Andraaxius Slowblade, I am here with my comrades to fight this great evil. Although I have not prior deeds to boast about, my heart and desire to destroy this thing is great and I will fight it to the end. I am at your service." Steps back and waits.
Rond (sorry for being a little late Jerry) Monday January 25th, 1999 2:03:06 PM
Rond will step forward,"I believe what everyone here is saying, is that we are here to stop the Sons of Dread and the evil that they represent, since this threatens all gentle beings. Last time we (indicating Sedar) were down here, you had mentioned that there was a place or a way that you could help us. I believe we have the people now to move forward with our plans."
DM Tuesday January 26th, 1999 2:02:59 PM
The Shaman waits for everyone to give their view. When Rond finishes speaking, the shaman looks around at the elders; all seem to be in agreement.
Elder Tuesday January 26th, 1999 2:03:00 PM
The shaman gives each of you a soul piercing look, then nods to the lead elder who begins speaking again. "We are well pleased you speak against evil and follow your cause only for goodness sake." Searching for the right words to convey his thoughts to out-worlders, he continues, "We wish to know what costs you are willing to pay... would you fight evil at all costs, wherever it is found? Please discuss and know what answer you give."
Ch'aad Tuesday January 26th, 1999 2:03:01 PM
As if on cue, Ch'aad stands and walks to the Interpreter Stone. "Turn the stone back over when you know what you wish to say. Until that time, we will not be able to perceive you words." He kneels down and turns the stone over, whispering what probably is a command word. All the Trog's speech is instantly unintelligible.
Borbo Tuesday January 26th, 1999 2:03:02 PM
"I really have to find a rock like that. My answer is I would do everything within my power to stop evil. I wouldn't just give my life away vainly if there was no chance of stopping it. Say if three red dragons attacked me, I'd try to hide. No point in just being stupid. But if I found a red dragon egg, I'd break it even though the mother would kill me if she caught me. At least there you have a chance. Know what I'm saying?"
Draax Tuesday January 26th, 1999 2:03:03 PM
Steps forward, take a deep breath, and begin speaking "I will put my life on the line for a chance to stop evil or prevent it from spreading. I will not throw my life away on a hopeless cause if I can help it. I believe staying alive and fight evil is as important as risking your life to prevent it. If you are asking would I WILLINGLY give my life to stop evil, the answer would have to be no. I am willing to die to stop it, but I will not die willingly. I will fight it until my last breath and even from the grave it I could achieve it. If you are not sure what I am talking about I can summarize it in three words I AM HERE" looks at the Elders proudly while saying the last three words. Takes a step back after a momentary pause.
Rond Wednesday January 27th, 1999 2:02:59 PM
Rond will bow to the Trogs as a sign of respect. And then turn his attention on the party. "I believe this means it is party discussion time. Anybody have any particular qualms about not giving their life away, if the situation demanded it? I think they are looking for everyone in the party to agree to one statement. Something like we are pledged to fight the Sons of Dread, in order to stop the impending doom. In order to accomplish that, we may not or cannot retreat from them. We will have to try with all our hearts to overcome this great evil. Now if they are talking about all evil, that's something different. I do not know if they might be trying to get some kind of trade, or something from the town. It would be something that I would at least try to ask about. (Jerry with this being free form discussion for the group, does that mean we should post as many messages per day/hour until party consensus to turn the stone back over? so that we can get the discussion over with fairly quickly! :) )
Darius Wednesday January 27th, 1999 2:03:00 PM
"I am not a suspicious person by nature, so I believe that they just want to know how serious we are.. Will we fight through whatever come's our way," remembering the analogy about the three red dragons, "within reason, or will we run with our proverbial tail's between our leg's at the first bit of trouble that is not easily overcome with a single swing of the sword, or with a single spell cast.."
Sedar Wednesday January 27th, 1999 2:03:01 PM
Rising and turns to face the band..."I agree with Draaxx..I will not die willing but will fight to my last breath against evil." with a look of approval/respect towards Draaxx. " But everyone must remember one thing ..... if we do not succeed the repercussion from the magic will destroy all that is here and above ... so we must go to the last" glances around to see the expression on his companions faces ... "TO THE LAST !"
Branze Bones Wednesday January 27th, 1999 2:03:02 PM
"As you all know i am a brother of Domi. To fight injustice and stay with the rightous cause i will do anything. If i must lay down my life it is the way i have choosen. Once the path of war and soldiery is taken one does not expect to live forever. If it comes to three great reds then i will lay down my life so you all may escape. This is the path i have choosen this is tha path Domi sets me on. So if it comes down to it and it is needed then i will die with the glory of Domi in my heart and my sword in my hand!" he finishes his half sermon with a booming voice meant to inspire the group to great deads in the name of good.
DM Thursday January 28th, 1999 2:02:59 PM
Although Draax may have spoken to the elders, he gets no response other than a ripple of skin color from a couple of them -- unless you count the kids in the outside ring who laugh at his theatrics... but they're quickly quieted by their parents. The elders continue to watch you carefully, but don't appear to understand your words.
Borbo Thursday January 28th, 1999 2:03:00 PM
"Sounds like we agree that we'll fight evil. We've all said we'll fight it to the death. Some of us may have qualified that a bit, but I think that telling them that we all would fight evil to the death would be a sufficient response. I mean we all knew death was a possibility for some died on the last mission. We were all prepared to meet similar deaths, but of course we'd all prepare to kill the bad guys instead... Shall we flip the thing over?"
Draax Thursday January 28th, 1999 2:03:01 PM
Noticing that he got no reaction from the Elders, Draax turns his full attention to his comrades. As he listen to the others comments, he feels proud to be associated with men of such conviction. Their words has reinforced his belief that coming down here was the right thing to do. Says to the others with a strong voice " We all agree that we are here to see this thing through to the end one way or another, but I think we all knew that when we began this quest and I think the trog knows this as well. So I am wondering is there something else that they want from us besides our statements of commitment?"
Branze Bones Thursday January 28th, 1999 2:03:02 PM
Walking over to the stone he turns it over and says the groups wishes. "We all agree we will lay down are lives to fight the brothers of doom. We understood the risk of this mission once we entered the tomb and are ready for what lays ahead." he states with respect to the elders and bows depply when finished.
Sedar Thursday January 28th, 1999 2:03:03 PM
Nodding in agreement as Brother Bones speaks for the group. .."Thank you Branze,.. well spoken." The 1/2 elf's voice sounding of respect.
Darius Thursday January 28th, 1999 2:03:04 PM
Darius nod's slightly and absently pet's Canine's head while waiting for a response from the elders.
Draax Thursday January 28th, 1999 2:03:05 PM
Smiles and nods approvingly as Brother Bones addresses the Elders. When Brother Bones completes his statement Draax watches the Elders for their reactions.
Borbo Thursday January 28th, 1999 2:03:06 PM
Borbo's head bobs up and down rapidly in obvious agreement.
Rond Thursday January 28th, 1999 2:03:07 PM
Rond will nod in agreement and wait for the elders next words.
The Elders Thursday January 28th, 1999 2:03:08 PM
The elders look solemnly at each other making seeming to communicate something important to each other simply by their lack of spoken or non-verbal communication. The eldest of them stands. He is frail and very old, but carries a wisdom in his eyes that makes them seem to shine. He takes a few steps forward and stumbles.
K'isst Thursday January 28th, 1999 2:03:09 PM
K'isst rushes forward and says "Father. No!"
Chief Elder Thursday January 28th, 1999 2:03:10 PM
The old man smiles and slowly caresses her cheek. "This way you are free my beloved daughter. Go! Be happy." He then pushes away from her and two soldiers come and hold her at bay.
K'isst Thursday January 28th, 1999 2:03:11 PM
"No! Father! Nooooooooo! I'll stay! I'll submit to the cleansing!I'll....I'll....I'll marry whom you choose!" Her father seems not to hear her as he approaches the party seeming to drain away his strength with each step.
Other Chiefs Thursday January 28th, 1999 2:03:12 PM
The other chiefs rise. One speaks. "H'ollo, are you determined to do this?" Chief H'ollo turns to look at the elders for a moment. Then he spits on his hands and rubs them vigorously. Each elder in turn also spits on their hands and then turns away and sits down pulling his hood over his head. The crowd also turns away from him spitting in their hands as their elder has done. Chief H'ollo turns to each of you in turn and says, "Accept my blessing. Thou are worthy." He holds out his hands and reaches out to the group.
K'isst Saturday January 30th, 1999 2:02:59 PM
Whispers, "Father Dear, I love....always have. Honor to you."
Branze bones Saturday January 30th, 1999 2:03:00 PM
Steps foward to accept the blessing.
Draax Saturday January 30th, 1999 2:03:01 PM
Not exactly sure of what just happened, but still steps forward to accept the blessing.
Borbo Saturday January 30th, 1999 2:03:02 PM
Steps forward, "Pleased to meet you Hollow." Then with a wave of his hand, "What's all that about?"
Darius Saturday January 30th, 1999 2:03:03 PM
Darius nods solemly, and bow's deeply toward's the elder, not knowing what's happened, but knowing it was major, and has some tragic rammification's. "Thank you your m'lord, I accept this blessing and hope that I am worthy of the honor."
Sedar Saturday January 30th, 1999 2:03:04 PM
Silently steps forward to accept the blessing ......the unknown and the seriousness of the moment ...... making his steps uncertain ...... thoughts cease as silence reigns in his mind.
Rond (by Jerry) Saturday January 30th, 1999 2:03:05 PM
Rond, confused, and trying to remember if this is the proper response, tries to sort out everything he has learned from this strange civilization. After everyone else has stepped forward, he reluctantly does the same.
DM Sunday January 31st, 1999 2:02:59 PM
As each of you are touched by the elder, a golden glow surrounds each of you as you absorb a portion of the spirit of this mighty elder. (All THACOS are improved by 3, All saves improved by 3. All hit points are increased by 5.) The high elder collapses, spent.
New High Elder Sunday January 31st, 1999 2:03:00 PM
One of the elders says, "The gift is given. Long may he reign with the ancestors of our people. You have been blessed. Now go! K'isst will show you the tomb. After you have completed that task, our warriors will join you as you open the way that is closed to us and restore to us our temple."
K'isst Sunday January 31st, 1999 2:03:01 PM
"Thanks you elder for my....freedom. If I ever do bear a child, he or she will be brought here for upbringing. The family line will continue. I have spoken."
The New High Elder Sunday January 31st, 1999 2:03:02 PM
"Go my child. Be happy. Find the fortune you could not find amongst your people."
The New High Elder Sunday January 31st, 1999 2:03:03 PM
"Go my child. Be happy. Find the fortune you could not find amongst your people."
K'isst Sunday January 31st, 1999 2:03:04 PM
"Come. Let us be on our way." K'isst leads the way to the rafts as the Trogs sing a sad song of leaving. The stone translates. "The cold river flows. It flows on. It flows on under the sea. It flows on under the sea to the place where the ancestors rule. Across under the sea. Farewell till we all meet then...under the sea. "
Rond Sunday January 31st, 1999 2:03:05 PM
Rond will very nervously glance back and forth between K'isst and her 'Father' as far as he can tell. But he'll be ready to accept the blessing.
Draax Sunday January 31st, 1999 2:03:06 PM
Reaches out to the Elder and feels the energy flowing into him. Smiles as he looks around and notices that his comrades are also receiving the benefits of the Elder's blessing. The smile on his face soon turns to a look of horror as the old Elder collapses. Draax stands speechless looking down at the elder's body, shocked, amazed, and honored that the old trog would make such a sacrifice in the name of their cause. Follows K'isst to the raft walking in a dazed like state, trying to come to terms with what just happened.
Borbo Sunday January 31st, 1999 2:03:07 PM
Borbo stands completely stunned for a few moments. Then he follows K'isst and quietly asks, "What was his name?"
Branze Bones Sunday January 31st, 1999 2:03:08 PM
Feeling the strange surge of power flow through his body with the blessing he closes his eyes and prays. After reopening his eyes he sees the party following K'sst and he trails behind awed at the power the high elder held with its god. "Yes lets get to this tomb time is running short."
K'isst Monday February 1st, 1999 2:02:59 PM
"His name was H'ollo." She pulls her hood over her tearing face.
DM Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:00 PM
Once everyone is on the raft, the guards pull it upstream once again to the landing taking about 30 minutes. The casters in the group begin to feel rested as if waking from a peaceful nights sleep. All exit the raft onto the landing.
K'isst Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:01 PM
Those of you who need to prepare spells and such should do so. You may study here or up the stairs a bit if the water hinders your concentration. I'll guard the top of the stairs and give a shout it anything comes.
Sedar Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:02 PM
Before sittng upon the stairs, deft gestures, arcane words blend together. Sedar then sits down in thought as he begins to become fixated in his precious Book.
Darius Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:03 PM
Darius follow's quietly, in a slight state of shock at the power that had been given to him. After getting off the raft, he sit's down by the water and start's meditating, trying to regain his composure for the trial's to come.
Rond Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:04 PM
Rond would like to catch K'isst in a personal moment, in order to ask her if she would help him honor her father in her people's way if it is appropriate. This is what Rond will do while waiting for the spell casters.
Draax Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:05 PM
Exits the raft and sits a little away from the spell casters to be sure that he does not disturb them, pulls out an oiled rag and begins cleaning and oiling his sword and daggers. After his weapons are taken care of, he begins taking an inventory of his supplies ensuring that he can get to any item when he need to.
Borbo Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:06 PM
Borbo pulls out a pipe with an absurdly long stem, and lost in thought, he begins to puff away as he waits.
Branze Bones Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:07 PM
"THank you for your assiastance, i hope not to let you down." he says in a somber voice respecting there loss. As he turns and walks towards the stairs he with draws his sword and plants it in the earth. Taking one knee and closing his eyes he begins to pray.
K'isst Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:08 PM
Fighting tears again, K'isst answers Rond, "You honored H'ollo when you accepted his blessing. You will honor our tribe when you help clense the temple." She sits in quiet reflection while the spell casters study, watching the river flow into the depths of the earth.
Rond Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:09 PM
If we are not moving on Rond will ask K'isst " are you up to telling me more about your people. I did not get a chance to learn much that last time we were down" smiling
DM Jerry Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:10 PM
300 years ago our people were simple Trogolodytes. Then came what is known to us as the visitation. An elven missionary of Donyra, L'Gacy, was pulled from the waters of The Flowing and made her home among us. Contrary to all the wisdom and advice of her people who ostracized her,she came to be one with us and us one with her. She saw the "beauty" inside our people. But most of all she saw the "beauty" inside our chief A'kshon. She mated with him and spent the rest of her days teaching us. We were forever changed. She was my great-grandmother. Her offspring have always been beautiful and blessed by her god Donyra whom we call by a different name. The females have been beautiful of form on the outside as she was. The males men of inner beauty as was their sire. Our culture has advanced under the sea these 300 years remaining faithful and blessed except for The Curse Above: Mengor. When his crypt digging broke through into our territory, L'gacy welcomed him. He killed her and enslaved us. Forcing us to dig his crypts and participate in his death experimentation. After his happy demise, we did our best to follow the teachings that L'gacy left for us. However, two things we could not do. We could not penetrate the magics to free our territory of his evil body, laid in rest; nor could we break through the magics he placed on our temple so as to worship as L'gacy had taught us. When you help us accomplish these deeds, we will truly become what destiny has intended. We are ready. We are worthy! Long live the Tribe of L'gacy!
Sedar Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:11 PM
Finishing his work, then packing his things together. The Mage lays back to catch some ... zzzzzz .....awaiting the next leg of the journey.
Draax Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:12 PM
Finishes doing his inventory, sits back and tries to get what rest he can before they have to move again.
Borbo Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:13 PM
puff... puff...
Rond Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:14 PM
That would explain many things.
Branze Bones Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:15 PM
"I am ready now." he says as he finishes saying his prayers.
Borbo Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:16 PM
Dumps the ashes out of his pipe and puts away, "Well let's go."
Darius Monday February 1st, 1999 2:03:17 PM
Darius snap's out of his shock in time to hear the story of the troglodyte tribe, and listens with rapt intrest. When the story come's to a close he stands up and announces that he is also ready to begin.
K'isst Thursday February 4th, 1999 2:02:59 PM
Following K'isst you once again cross familiar territory, going over the bridge with the river below you and onward to the waterfall bridge. "Here is where we begin." Pointing towards one of the waterfalls she says, "This one will be the easiest for you." She then jumps over the gap and disappears through the waterfall.
DM Thursday February 4th, 1999 2:03:00 PM
All who follow make a dex check for success.
Sedar the Nimble Thursday February 4th, 1999 2:03:01 PM
"Time to get a little wet..." with a excited grin, ear to ear, The Mage leaps through (dex chk (14)) "yahooooo.." As he comes through he glances around to take in the previously hidden path, making room of course for those who follow. "Where does this lesd K'isst"
Rond Thursday February 4th, 1999 2:03:02 PM
Rond crosses thru with no problem (4 and in the mail)
Branze Bones Thursday February 4th, 1999 2:03:03 PM
Clears the water fall with a lucky jump. As he gets to the other side he mumbles "Praise Domi."((rolled an 8))
Draax Thursday February 4th, 1999 2:03:04 PM
More sure of himself than the last time he had to cross a waterfall, Draax makes it with no problems (rolled a 6).
Borbo Thursday February 4th, 1999 2:03:05 PM
The halfling makes certain that his tobacco pouch is closed and takes a leap. He crosses easily and laughs as he splashes through the water (12).
sedar Thursday February 4th, 1999 2:03:06 PM
Begins to brush off wahat water he can .... "That was quite refreshing" watches as everyone else comes through "looks like we are all here"
DM Sunday February 7th, 1999 4:01:59 AM
A passage proceeds ahead for 20 feet and then stairs lead down to the right. The walls here have frescoes on them depicting different ways of dying. As you pass down the hallway the pictures become more graphic and the forms of death more gruesome.
K'isst Sunday February 7th, 1999 4:02:59 AM
"We must be careful. No one of our people who has ever gone down these stairs has ever returned to speak of the tale."
Rond Sunday February 7th, 1999 5:18:59 AM
"Then I think we should make our marching orders at this point."
Borbo Sunday February 7th, 1999 6:20:59 AM
Gulp. "No...no...no one? That sounds like pretty poor odds. I guess I'll go first. I can scout through the tunnels pretty well."
Draax Sunday February 7th, 1999 8:06:59 AM
"A marching order sounds good to me, just let me know where you want me"
Sedar the Mage Sunday February 7th, 1999 4:09:59 PM
"Good idea fellows.... Borbo why don't you scout ahead with Rond as backup. Draaxx I think rear guard could be a spot for your range of mixed talents. Brother Bones, K'isst, Darius, and myself will fill the middle to support ... ...how does that sound ?"
Branze Bones Sunday February 7th, 1999 6:21:59 PM
"Sounds good to me." if combat comes i can leand my help with spells then enter into it with my sword." he says while staring at the frescoes
Darius Sunday February 7th, 1999 9:56:59 PM
Darius nods and does a quick of his spell components. ((Sorry fer the missed replys guy's, I got real busy over the weekend, and just didn't remember the game))
K'isst Monday February 8th, 1999 3:43:59 AM
"That order sounds fine to me." She takes her place in the order and looks to see that her trident is unfastened and ready for action. She also pulls out a holy symbol in the form of a whistle from her cleavage and blows silently through it while making a swimming motion. "Everyone has now been blessed." (+1 to hit and +1 to saves vs. fear for the next short period of time.)
DM Monday February 8th, 1999 3:45:59 AM
The incredibly loud sound of the waterfall drowns out all but the loudest yells. The power of the water and its purity lessens the effect of the frescoes on the walls. Yet the stairs looks dark and unending.
Sedar Monday February 8th, 1999 5:49:59 AM
"Lets see what this fated Band of Windhorn can do against this Evil,... how much lead do you want Borbo ...?" throwing back his grey cloak the 1/2 elf prepares himself, curiously caressing the ring of Wardd's luck.
Rond Monday February 8th, 1999 6:00:59 AM
"Yes, that order is fine. I will have to rely on torchlight in order to see, but I can move quietly if needed, which I think it might since we should expect ambushes."
Draax Monday February 8th, 1999 7:44:59 AM
Draws sword and readies shield "Yes that order sound perfect to me, I will guard the rear, if I see or hear anything I will give a warning." Takes out some chalk from his backpack. "If no one disagrees I will place small chalk marking at 20 yards intervals. This may help us find our way back, the only problem is that it will be easy for others to track us. What do you think?" Looks to the others waiting on their answer.
Branze Bones Monday February 8th, 1999 3:25:59 PM
"Draxx i dont think thats such a great idea. Are enemies would no where we have been and easly track us or setup an ambush on are return if they figure out what they are." he says as he draws his sword and prepares to decend down the stairs. "Let us get down there and see whats in store for us."
Borbo Monday February 8th, 1999 3:47:59 PM
"Let's be off. Rond do you need a torch to see? Cause we might do a little better job of scouting if we aren't carrying a torch up front to announce our presence."
K'isst Monday February 8th, 1999 7:43:59 PM
Yelling over the sound of the falls, "Let Worthy Draax carry the light and Sir Rond can stay at the edge of the glow. Mister Borbo then can use the darkness. I'll go second. Also in the dark I fight as well as serve the goddess plus I don't need the torch. Trogs are blessed with darksight.
Rond Tuesday February 9th, 1999 1:43:59 AM
"K'isst I agree then. Let us be on. I would point out that the chalk probably will not make a difference since we are dealing with magic users.
Sedar Tuesday February 9th, 1999 3:20:59 AM
"then it's agreed. Lets get going. Borbo sets the pace.." anxiously awaiting.
Draax Tuesday February 9th, 1999 5:18:59 AM
Agreeing to the wisdom of brother Bones' and K'isst's comments, replaces the chalk for a torch. Holding a sword in one hand and a lighted torch in the other. Draax waits to follow the others down the stairs. "I am ready"
Draax Tuesday February 9th, 1999 5:20:59 AM
Agreeing to the wisdom of brother Bones' and K'isst's comments, replaces the chalk for a torch. Holding a sword in one hand and a lighted torch in the other. Draax waits to follow the others down the stairs. "I am ready"
DM Tuesday February 9th, 1999 5:45:59 AM
Suddenly you hear a change in the pitch of the falling water as three burly thugs jump through in unison all landing on their feet. Thugs #1 and #2 are in front. #3 is centered behind them. Their short swords are drawn and their faces grim. (Roll for surprise [d10-surprised on a 1 since Draax was watching for an attack. Draax doesn't have to roll. He is not surprised.] [The party has first initiative in Round 1. The Thugs AC is 5. Three may stand abrest in the hallway if the weapons are not rated "L."][Remember to use Irony for your dice rolls and send me a copy.])
Branze Bones Tuesday February 9th, 1999 6:12:59 AM
Whipping around at Draxx's warning cry and the splash of the water Branze has sword ready. Preparing at the temple his whole life for warfare had prepared him for suprise attacks at anytime. His sword strikes into one of the burly defenders and meets no resistance till it strikes hard into the flesh of the attacker. "Gurrr, Torn is thou honor and thy belly for trying to suprise one from behind." he shouts at the attacker as the battle is now joined.((6 points damage))
Thug #3, a halfling Tuesday February 9th, 1999 9:49:59 AM
The halfling thug in the back row shouts out, "Where is Borbo? His cousin Bill is here! And watch out for the mages behind us!" and attempts to cold cock Thug #1 on the head with the flat of his sword. He misses(8). Couldn't quite reach that high.
Rond Tuesday February 9th, 1999 11:35:59 AM
Rond is not surprised (8)and pulls out his sword. Rond shouts to be heard "It is now 7 against 2, do you wish to yield?" Rond will hold his attack until the first thug moves to attack. When and if the first attack comes, if there is room for Rond to engage, then he will move in.
Borbo Tuesday February 9th, 1999 4:11:59 PM
The unsuprised Borbo (6) squirms his way up front. He cries out, "Bill! Bill Troublefinder! Where have you been?" He throws three darts at thug #1 as he rushes forward. Two stick in the ugly fellow, but the third sails on by (14,16,9). The thug grimaces as he takes an incredible 2pts of damage.
Draax Tuesday February 9th, 1999 5:38:59 PM
After yelling a warning cry to his comrades, he anxiously moves to engage thug #2, swings wildly and misses (roll 4), trying to adjust to fighting with one hand and holding the torch high with the other.
Sedar Wednesday February 10th, 1999 1:35:59 AM
Not the least be surprised the composed Mage waits for the thug's backup to arrive knowing by Bill's warnibg shout. The 1/2 Elf readies a spell. When the mages show themselves, arcane gestures and words flow, and conscious thought ebbs from those who fail. ( Sedar will move to a location as to not include any Band members in area of affect, but things happen. )
Darius Wednesday February 10th, 1999 4:02:59 AM
Darius look's up, startled slightly, but recover's and, in a calm voice, call's a few word's of power while pointing at one of the thug's. A small beam of light lance's out, striking him doing slight damage. ((4 pts from Magic Missle))
DM Wednesday February 10th, 1999 6:23:59 AM
K'isst takes a deep breath and shouts "Die!" looking at Thug #2. (Command spell. save only if Intel. is 13+)
DM Wednesday February 10th, 1999 6:24:00 AM
(Results of Round 1 Party Initiative) (Ok, once I realized how limiting the combat was with a 10' wide hallway where only two could attack, I decided to make the landing next to the falls as wide as the falls which is 30' allowing all to go to the front row that wish to. :) Solves alot of problems and keeps me from telling some of you that your attacks didn't count. See I can be nice!) Branze attacks Thug #1. He growls in frustration and pain. After Bill attempts to hit #1, he turns mouth open for a moment and then faces Branze again. #2 Screams out, "Traitor! Bob is a traitor! He attacked Sandow! We need help!" #1, Sandow, answers Rond's demand for surrender saying, "You stinkin' 'venturer. Shuddup and die!" He turns to Borbo and spits at him in response to the darts. Sedar's spell was not designated and so does not come off. If we waited to find out what it was so it could be inserted, we'd have to wait another day to begin Round 2. Sorry Peer. Darius' missle strikes #2. Thug #2 Collapses unconscious from K'isst's Command Spell.
DM Wednesday February 10th, 1999 6:51:59 AM
(Round 1-Monster's Initiative)A voice from beyond the falls says, "Come." Thug #1 says, "We'll be back. If you wanna see sun, I'd leave 'nuff alone." He points at Bill. "You're a dead shortguy! Dead!" He turns and breaks contact jumping through the falls. (Borbo and Branze may roll even-odd (odd to get the attack) for a breaking attack since they are closed with Thug #1--see House Rules.
Rond Wednesday February 10th, 1999 3:30:59 PM
Provided the other thugs do not turn back, Rond will go over to tie up the unconscious thug.
Borbo Wednesday February 10th, 1999 3:35:59 PM
Borbo whips another dart at the fleeing thug (5 e/o). It strikes the coward in the back (12) for another whopping 2 points of damage.
Draax Wednesday February 10th, 1999 4:46:59 PM
Holding torch in one hand and sword in the other stands ready, waiting to see if there are any more surprises and trying to locate with his eyes where the voice(s) came from.
K'isst Thursday February 11th, 1999 3:47:59 AM
K'isst screaming in anger, runs forward and follows the Thugs, jumping through the water (dex check of 14 succeeds). Moments later, she pokes her head through and says, They are gone. But they this. She floats back through the waterfall easily and is standing on a floating shield. "It seems to obey thoughts. I landed on it. Any idea of what they were using it for?"
Sedar Thursday February 11th, 1999 5:46:59 AM
relaxes as K'isst tells of no more enemies. "must be a great way to travel easily over water, don't you think ?(grins).... nice toy" turning his attention to the bound thug and his fellow band members ...."so what shall we do with him ..any ideas ?" ....wondering how she looks all wet !!! 8)
Rond Thursday February 11th, 1999 5:52:59 AM
"It was probably something provided by the mages. It probably will not last."
Branze Bones Thursday February 11th, 1999 6:19:59 AM
"Cowards." he slams his sword back in its sheath. "Only cowards attack from behind and run with no honor." he says fuming. "It may be some strange trap K'ssst that they left for use to find and then have it harm us some how."
Draax Thursday February 11th, 1999 6:30:59 AM
Still trying to keep an eye out for more unfriendlies, responds to Sedar's comment about the thug, "maybe his items will give us a clue about him" hold torch near to illuminate thug.
Bill Troublefinder Thursday February 11th, 1999 8:37:59 AM
Bill says, "Back in a jiffy, I hope," dashes gracefully back through falls (dex check 7), looks to see if he can discern Sandow or any of the three mages (or the disks). To K'isst, he says, "Pardon me, ma'am. Believe it or not, I'm on your side."
Borbo Thursday February 11th, 1999 3:42:59 PM
Looks about to see if he can find any of his darts. "Why not ask Bill what they were for? He should know. Not because he enchanted it or anything. No. No. Because he was with them. Well I don't mean "with" them so much as he tricked them. Yes, he wasn't really a part of their group. I'm sure that Hiram Veril must have sent him. He... that is Bill... may have seen them... the shields, not Hiram... used, don't you know. Or maybe even used one himself." He looks up from his search, "Bill? Where'd he go? Just like the Troublefinders. Always running off when you want one."
Sedar Friday February 12th, 1999 4:19:59 AM
"Well I think we should keep moving ahead of those back stabbers... let's take the bound thug with us, we can glean some information from him, but he also a chance that he might give us away." He turns to Darius. "Any ideas on how to make him squeak or not?"
Rond Friday February 12th, 1999 6:58:59 AM
"Why not ask, first"
Darius (done by Jerry) Sunday February 14th, 1999 3:49:59 AM
"Ya know friends, there's another waterfall on the other side of this one. I wonder if they took refuse on through the other watefall. I'll check." Darius jumps through the waterfall. He yells through the noise, "I'm jumping through the other one now. Oh...woops. Nahhhhhhh! Noooooooooo!" His voice trails away as if he is farther and farther away until you don't hear him anymore.
Draax Sunday February 14th, 1999 10:29:59 AM
Shakes his head sadly, thinking of the possible fate of their friend Darius. "I think our time is getting short and we must hurry if we are to do the task we were sent to do. I am afraid that we will have to wait until the task is complete before we can discover the fate of our friend Darius. I also suspect that the bad guys will continue to try and stop or delay us, so we should move now while they are regrouping. Same order (minus Darius)?" When Bill comes back from the waterfall, turns to him and says "thanks for the warning"
Borbo Sunday February 14th, 1999 2:49:59 PM
Walks to the edge where Darius fell and stares down through the mist. After a few moments, "Tis a terrible thing... let's go when Bill gets back."
DM Sunday February 14th, 1999 5:28:59 PM
Thug #2 wears chain mail that is in average shape. He carries a short sword that is in good condition. He wears a metal skull cap. He wears hard boots and has a dagger stuck into an internal boot sheath in each one. There is no back pack, but there is several pouches around his waist. One contains 7 coppers and 4 silver. Another contains dried beast meat of some sort. Smells good. A third a potion and a ring. The ring is old and has a family crest on it of unknown origin. The potion has the words "Cinnamon Juice" written on it.
Thug #2 Sunday February 14th, 1999 5:33:59 PM
Stirs to consciousness and immediately begins to struggle madly. "Aarugh! Bill! They...you?" He's gets dangerously close to the falls. Eying it and eying you madly as he struggles for freedom. He seems to come to a decision. "Bill! I...They'll kill us yaknow. We're already dead." He eyes the falls once more and then, "They're gone?"
Branze Bones Sunday February 14th, 1999 6:21:59 PM
"Tell us all you know and maybe i wont hurt you." he says with a harsh look then mumbles some words under his breath((casting cause fear on man)) "Now tell me."
Sedar Sunday February 14th, 1999 9:11:59 PM
Stands by Brother Bones as he questions the thug. Looks over the crested ring trying to get a better idea of whom it may represent. Bends down to call the puppy over to him knowing it fate,(feeds it some rations to comfort it). To the thug "you chance to survive this is in you own hands now, you friends will just kill you the next time you meet them, so tell our Brother here what he wants, he may be much more generous." stating to the band "Time is valuable now we must press !"
Draax Monday February 15th, 1999 12:47:59 AM
Waits nervously while they interrogate the thug, knowing that we do not have much time.
Bill T Monday February 15th, 1999 4:59:59 AM
Bill shouts from the other side of the falls, "Looks like they're gone. Okay, I'm coming ba-a-A-A-ACK!" Bill's voice raises in intensity, then fades away over the falls.
Rond Monday February 15th, 1999 7:46:59 AM
"Bill and Darius gone. Not good. Anyone have 300' or so of rope? K'isst is there another way down from here, or was this the only way? Looks like we may have no choice but to see if we can use those floating thingy's. I do not think we really have time to ask questions. We should probably throw the prisoner on the floater, get him to tell us how to control it/them, and go after Bill and Darius.
Thug #2 Monday February 15th, 1999 2:34:59 PM
"I ain't sayin' nothin'. Oh, I just did. Does that mean? No. Don' think so. What you wanna know that I ain't gonna tell ya huh? You guys ain' tuff. Ya keep slipin and fallin' don't ya."
Borbo Monday February 15th, 1999 3:10:59 PM
Borbo goes over to the edge where Bill fell and and stares intently to see if he can see anything. (dex check 17)
Sedar Monday February 15th, 1999 4:10:59 PM
"well Rond, you could always beat the information out of him. Looking at him, it won't take you but a few seconds." turning around so that the thug can not hear his whispers to Rond and Brother Bones "...the disc could have been left just to slow us down, knowing this would happen,... lets just take it with us and figure it out later.." turns and begins to slowly head down the passageway.
Branze Bones Monday February 15th, 1999 4:19:59 PM
"Tell me where your leaders are and what they mean to do with the magic. What do they hope to gain from this suicide mission." he says glowering at the man
Draax Monday February 15th, 1999 4:59:59 PM
guarding K'isst, waiting for the others to finish.
Bill Troublefinder Monday February 15th, 1999 7:01:59 PM
Coughing and spluttering, Bill steps out of the shadows by the entrance to the underground area. A 9" rainbow trout flops in his left hand. "I was surprised - *cough* - to find fish in the falls," he comments, followed by an eructation. "Um, excuse me." Looking at Thug #2, he says, "Hey, Vogel, are you all right?"
Vogel Monday February 15th, 1999 8:37:59 PM
"Yam for the moment, Bill. Theyze gonna torture me, though. Caref'l, they'll torture you too."
Bill Troublefinder Tuesday February 16th, 1999 12:16:59 AM
"Torture you! No, they're not gonna torture you, Vogel. I'll talk to my cousin." Bill turns to address Branze Bones & Rond. "'Scuse me, gentlemen, but we haven't been properly introduced. My name's Bill, Bill Troublefinder, and I believe that my cousin Borbo is with you. At least, I heard him a couple minutes ago. Oh, and this here unfortunate man is Vogel." Looking at Vogel, Bill continues, "Now, Vogel, I gotta explain somethin' to you. A few minutes ago you called me a traitor. Well, that's not exactly accurate. What I was, was an infiltrator, an infiltrator into the Sons of Dread. Wanted to find out what they're up to, you know? Didn't want bad things happening to my friends and family, you see?" He thinks for a moment, "Oh, and I wasn't trying to kill Sandow. I thought if I could knock him out, there'd be less chance that these men here might kill him. But he got away, so maybe he'll be fine. 'Nless he tries to kill me, I suppose." Addressing Branze & Rond, Bill continues, "Now, pardon me for talkin' so long. I got one more thing to say to Vogel here." Kneeling down (not a long way for a hobbit to go), he says, "I know you can't shake anybody's hand right now, but be polite and at least say to these folks, 'Pleased to meet you.' Then maybe they can untie you, at least partially, if they want to." Bill extends his right hand toward Branze. "Bill."
Rond Tuesday February 16th, 1999 2:29:59 AM
"what happened to you back there" indicating the falls" and did you see another member from our party? Darius?""BTW I'm Rond" shaking his hand.
Sedar Tuesday February 16th, 1999 4:10:59 AM
chuckling out loud as he hears Bill's story "well, cut him loose,... times a wasting.." stopping to face the growing band. To Bill & Vogel "Well met and thank you for your warning...." to the rest " can we get on our way now."
Borbo Tuesday February 16th, 1999 3:23:59 PM
"Not to be the troublemaker here, other than the fact that I am being the troublemaker - but why should we let someone working for the Sons of Dread go. Now Bill was an infil-traitor and helped us out in the fight, but the guy tied up there would have killed us. If we let him go, he could try to kill us again, and I for one, probably not the only one, don't wanta be killed today or in the near future for that matter. There's a reason that Bill's family is called Troublefinder - no offense intended old Bill - if we follow his advice we'll likely find trouble. Just kill the guy quick and let's go. Unless Bill or Vogel has some quick reason to suggest why we shouldn't."
Draax Tuesday February 16th, 1999 4:43:59 PM
"Whether Vorgel is a friend or foe, we need to make the decision and continue what we started."
Branze Bones Tuesday February 16th, 1999 5:34:59 PM
"He is a coward and will answer my questions." he says refusing to shake the infaltraitors hand. "So now you try to ambush us and kill us from behind. And yor over all mission will kill hundreds tell me a good reason WHY i shouldnt TORTURE you, weasel." he says wit a look of rage.
Bill T Tuesday February 16th, 1999 9:43:59 PM
"Borbo! Excellent to see you. Yes, actually, I only suggested *partially* untying my friend Vogel. Perhaps over time, once he understands better, he can have less ties. For now, say, a short rope at the ankles, and hands behind the back. I know," the halfling says, looking at Vogel, "not too comfortable. But better than dead, right? Oh, and maybe something for the mouth, so as to keep the yelling down a bit. You were pretty noisy a few minutes ago." To Rond, he says, "Well, I found myself goin' over the falls, and a fish kicks me in the face, so I grab him." Bill gently lays the rainbow trout on the ground, wipes his left hand on his pants. "Anyway, I managed to ease myself into the shadow of the falls, then found myself popped up here!" And to Branze, "I can see how you mightn't not want to shake my hand, seeing how I was holding a fish and all. But Vogel isn't a coward. Not too bright, I'll grant you. And I can probably answer any questions you may have more lucidly than he. To keep it short, though, we gotta get that old dead mage's body outta here and burnt up real quick, else we and the town explode, and soon the dragons'll be coming in." Looking down, "I guess the three mages and Sandow'll be bringing reinforcements now, so I think I kind of blew it, announcing myself too early. Sorry 'bout that." Lastly, Bill's cheeks turn red, and he looks up at Branze Bones. "Mister, I don't know who you are, but the way you talk about torture -- maybe you oughtta be with the Sons of Dread. Them are their tactics. I'd say you better learn to use your energy for something nicer."
Vogel Wednesday February 17th, 1999 4:27:59 AM
"I'll say I'm not the nicest guy in The Wold, but I'm not trying to destroy places. I just 'greed to guard weak mages for a year for lots of cash. 'Nuff to settle down and do sumpthin'. Was told one of their projects was at risk and to attack the intruders so that's what I do. No hard feelins, but this isn't your place either. I knew nothin' bout no dead body explodin. Looks like my gig is up though. No spectable livin for me. Not that lucky. Get captured. Show me the way out and I'll be glad to zip lip and go my way.
Rond Wednesday February 17th, 1999 4:51:59 AM
"Well, at this point, I'd say we are getting frinedly. Bill, explain away. Vogel, are your services then for hire? Granted we might have a hard time trusting you, and you would be out in front of the party where we could keep track of you. Branze, calm down, we are all trying to move as quickly as possible. let's see if Bill has any useful information first.
Sedar Wednesday February 17th, 1999 5:11:59 AM
"There a difference in threatening and actually going through with it Bill, .... I beleive that was Brother Bones angle ? and Bill you're quite right about what side we are on, thanks for you help. Now would you please fill all of us in on what brother Bones is asking for so that we can continue" the 1/2 elf starting to sound very annoyed at how things are progressing in the discussion. "Lets get things settled !!! ..... and if I don't hear some info, I'll just turn on my CHARM !!!" temper rising "Lets not lose anymore friends !!!"
Branze Bones Wednesday February 17th, 1999 7:14:59 AM
"Its time to leave perhaps we should through the man to the fishes so to speak." he says pointing to the falls. "I dont prefer having enemy walk amoung us to warn the others we may be coming. I hate to say this but in war there are things we must do that we do not like. This is a war with the Brothers of Doom and Vogal needs to die, so we dont lose this battle in are long fight." he says with a lack of emotion knowing what truely needs to be done.
Bill T Wednesday February 17th, 1999 9:46:59 AM
With a sigh after hearing Branze Bones' preference for the death sentence, Bill leans against the wall, closes his eyes, and says, "A few months back a man named Hiram Veril asked me to look into a matter. He said he was concerned about a sect of the Sons of Dread. Their god, they believe, is going to gain major power. The gods in general, so they think, are so fed up that they'll destroy the Wold if one more big bad thing happens. Windhorn is the key. If destroyed, there'll be no more Renewal of the Sentinel. The Dragons then start swooping around, and the gods, these people think, will kill off everybody, disgusted at the Wold's irresponsibility. The Sons of Dread, though, expect that all of their group will be resurrected, and be the big cheeses in a new Wold." Bill looks around. "You maybe know some of this. Have you heard of Mengor? He was a mage, here a few centuries ago, who wanted to cheat death. Didn't quite make it. Anyway, the mucky-mucks among the Dreadlings have been doing something weird with his body and the 'Scepter of Povero.' I don't have all the details, but I was listenin' in on 'em (they never knew I was there in the shadows), and there's this medallion. Ah, shoot, this is takin' too long. I wish I knew just what or who else was down here, but Mengor's body and the medallion are somewhere inside. We have less than a day to set medallion and Mengor on fire, *outside* the tomb - way outside. Else, KABOOM!"
Bill T (continued) Wednesday February 17th, 1999 10:03:59 AM
"Now, I know I'm using up a lot of wind here, but bear me out. Sometimes I don't talk so much," Bill says with a grin. "Okay - that floaty disk thing? The mages make those to float around on. If you're smart, you can ride it yourself. I don't know how long they last. You just kinda think where you want it to go." Turning to Vogel, Bill says, "So, you hear how it stacks up with you. This fella," indicating with his thumb Branze Bones, "wants you to join the fishes. A couple of others think it might be okay for you to come along. Now you know, if you go back to the Sons of Dread, they might take you back, or might off you. I got a question. If I can get you some money after this is over, enough to take care of yourself for a while, and keep Mr. Throw-You-To-The-Fish here off your back, will you promise to do what we say, and help us out? If you do, then maybe you don't have to die. If you don't keep your promise, then Mr. Throw-You-To-The-Fish can have you. What's your choice, Vogel?"
Borbo Wednesday February 17th, 1999 3:15:59 PM
Looks at Vogel when Bill finishes his speech, "I think I agree with Branze. Just pitch him over the edge."
Draax Wednesday February 17th, 1999 4:36:59 PM
Waits to see how this drama unfolds.
Sedar Thursday February 18th, 1999 2:43:59 AM
"Well, Well, I'll Let you Brother Bones know where I stand on this issue of life & death .. ,,,,I'll not stand by for cold blooded killing, using fear is one thing, but not murder. I fight the GOOD fight, one that must be fought on GOOD terms. If you want to go to bed with EVIL, than do it elsewhere !!! here we fight against it !!! " staring coldly at the Brother. "Time for everyone to decide that before we go on. Where does everyone stand !!!!!!"
Vogel Thursday February 18th, 1999 4:07:59 AM
"Why, I'm a sword for hire. They paid me 1000gp for my services if I lived out the year. Not many do. I only lacked 2 months finishing before today happened. But my life is worth lots to me. I'll find another gig. Pay me with my life and I'm loyal to you and yours till we get out of here. I swear on my sweetie, Dandi."
Rond Thursday February 18th, 1999 4:34:59 AM
Rond looks at Bill, "Bill, since you have known him, what do you say about what he just said, would you trust him? At least to help us out until we leave here?" Turning to Sedar, "I agree with you." Turning to Borbo, "Do we trust Bill?" Turing to Branze, "I have been hoping some of what you have said has been an act. If it is not, then I will pray for you." Turning to K'isst. "you have been strangely quiet, what do you have to say about this?"
Rond Thursday February 18th, 1999 4:35:00 AM
Rond looks at Bill, "Bill, since you have known him, what do you say about what he just said, would you trust him? At least to help us out until we leave here?" Turning to Sedar, "I agree with you." Turning to Borbo, "Do we trust Bill?" Turing to Branze, "I have been hoping some of what you have said has been an act. If it is not, then I will pray for you." Turning to K'isst. "you have been strangely quiet, what do you have to say about this?"
Branze Bones Thursday February 18th, 1999 4:54:59 AM
"There is no need to pray for me Rond. I know what threat we are up against, I highly doubt the rest of you do. I was raised a warrior and the only smart action is to kill one that would so easily betray. Its not an act, War causes actions in extreme terms. I do not want to kill this man, he is a warrior and deserves better. But, tell me this over one mans life do you wish to destroy the world. Remember what is at stake here, if we fail the wall comes down and the dragons reign free. The appocalypse is then upon the Wold, and all because none of you had the courage to do this, what must be done." and before any other of the party can react he plunges his sword into the chest of the traitoress warrior known as Vogal. "There i have settled the arguement, now lets save the world." he says with a shaken voice and unsteady hand trembling as if ready to vomit. HE begins to decsend the steps to the door.
Bill T Thursday February 18th, 1999 8:03:59 AM
Bill has been watching Branze, suspecting he might try to take matters into his own hand. He seeks to impede Branze's strike at the hapless Vogel. "Stop, fool!" He'll even throw his own body in the way of the strike. "Talk about cowards!"
Rond Thursday February 18th, 1999 12:05:59 PM
Rond will also attempt to block the stroke. (12)
Borbo Thursday February 18th, 1999 2:51:59 PM
Frowns and struggles to see if Vogel has been killed. "I will vouch for Bill. He is my kin. The rest of you can decide what to do with the man who was willing to help destroy the world for money. I'll go on ahead." Then he creeps down the passageway by himself. He keeps to the shadows (61-need 30) and moves silently (16-need 30) trusting in his keen vision to see in the dark."
Draax Thursday February 18th, 1999 5:12:59 PM
surprised by the turn of events, waits to sees the outcome before reacting.
DM Thursday February 18th, 1999 11:04:59 PM
[Branze, Bill and Rond roll a standard D10 initiative. Add your weapon speed to it. If Branze goes first, he succeeds. If not, then whoever beats his initiative will roll an attack roll as will Branze. State what AC you hit. To parry the shot, either Bill or Rond will have to hit a lower AC than Branze does. (I'll send out the latest version of The House Rules over the weekend. The new parrying rules are pretty new.) Send any questions my way.]
Bill T Friday February 19th, 1999 2:16:59 AM
Bill slips a bit on the fish (initiative 10-1+3=12). Managed to hit AC 3 (17 on 1d20) in his parry attempt.
Branze Bones Friday February 19th, 1999 6:56:59 AM
Turning to see the others with weapons drawn on him he wipes the blood off his sword on a rag attached to his sword belt. "You both know what needed to be done. War is hell and if we dont win this one all your families and future will be there. If i must give my soul to darkness to win than so be it. But, i have slayed a man that would have slayed us. He worked for money and didnt not care the cause he served. I promise you this if one of us was captured a quick death would not be granted us. Now lets move on." he says slamming the sword into the scabbard and moving down the hall towards the stairs
Sedar the Good Friday February 19th, 1999 7:41:59 AM
As Borther Bones moves past to the hallway the Mage speaks to him " Brother your right about one thing, his blood is on your hands and your Gods... ,Lets finish this Mengor thing while we still can. We will deal with its consequences when we through" slowly turning towards those that supported his ideals "let this pass until we are done with Mengor,s Tomb, we can't afford to fight among ourselves at this point, with so much at stake ....." readies himself to begin down the passageway awaiting replies. Controlled Fury showing upon his face at the spectical that just happened. ...wondering what can go wrong next ???
DM Friday February 19th, 1999 8:48:59 AM
Branze does succeed with his stroke and the body of Vogel sags to the floor, dead. As he dies, his eyes look accusingly at Branze and then at Bill. He dies that way, staring at Bill, eyes eternally open....staring.....open. Borbo reaches the corner and stares himself down the long forbidding staircase.
Bill T Friday February 19th, 1999 10:45:59 AM
Seeing he failed to save him from Bones' deadly thrust, Bill cries out, "Vogel! Ah, may you be shown some mercy in the afterlife." He looks into the dying man's clouding eyes. Silently he prays for a moment. "Time to sleep, misguided warrior." He closes the lids of the dead man. Looking up at Draax and Rond, he asks, "Can you help me? Let's let the water cleanse his body, and take it on its way." As Vogel's body joins the flight of the water down the falls, Bill salutes.
Bill T Friday February 19th, 1999 10:51:59 AM
"That half-elf mage," trying to describe Sedar, " - I don't know hardly anyone's name here, but he's right. Though there may be accounts to settle, most important right now is to work together, if we can, and deal with Mengor's remains." The white-faced hobbit reenters the passageway. He sees the fish, no longer flopping. He picks it up with his left hand, and pulls a dart into his right, and walks quietly down the stairs.
Draax Friday February 19th, 1999 1:15:59 PM
Helped Bill put the body to rest, then introduces himself " Just call me Draax, like I said before Bill, thanks for the warning, Borbo vouches for you and that is good enough for me. Do not judge Brother Bones too harshly, although I do not agree with his methods, well actually I am shocked about his methods, but I do understand them. There is too much at risk for us to take a chance on man that was working for the enemy. I just wish that we could have found a less violence solution." Waits for the others to go down the stairs so that he can assume his duties as rear guard. Holding sword in one hand and torch in the other.
Rond Saturday February 20th, 1999 12:33:59 AM
Will stand with weapon drawn and muscles tensing. "Even you god shows mercy." half-whispered. Rond will sheath his sword after another 10 secs. "Agreed", Rond will nod towards Sedar, and begin to help Bill. Once done, Rond will move along.
Sedar Saturday February 20th, 1999 4:35:59 AM
Returns the big Ranger's agreement "Thanks Friend". Allowing his anger to drain, Sedar begins down the stairs in turn. "Bill T, the name is Sedar ......thanks" as Bill passes.
Branze Bones Saturday February 20th, 1999 6:45:59 AM
"We where asked what price we where willing to pay to accomplish this mission. I have showed that i am the only one willing to pay the price for sucess. I pray that you all remember whats at stake. You where all raised where mercy could be an option here it cannot be. This man just tried to kill us from behind and then turn around and sell his sword to us. Do you want to risk the wold on such a bet Rond? Put your pigsticker away, you couldnt hit the enemy with it because of your soft heart. If this mission is to be completed you all must become hard to the realities of this War. Ask K'sst she will tell you or those companions you lost on the last trip. I will weep for my on soul and my own sins later. And Domi does guide me in this, so dont question my Faith, but question your own willingness to do what needs to be done. For more men will die achieving are goal, some of the men may be us and some of the men may have only worked for money. But in the end if we fail.......so does the Wold." he says well versed in preaching to warriors about the horrors of war.
Bill Troublefinder Saturday February 20th, 1999 10:48:59 AM
Bill thanks Rond, says, "Glad to meet you," to Sedar. Following the warrior priest's harangue, Bill stares at Branze Bones, perceives the self-satisfaction oozing from his pores. Resting his small fists on his short hips, Bill sputters in a loud whisper, "You pompous self-righteous arrogant butcher! The best thing you can do now is to shut your mouth and, as you say, carry out the mission. You just said, 'I have showed that i am the only one willing to pay the price for sucess.' Hah! Prima donna. Have you never seen an opponent changed into an ally? Vogel gave an oath I know he would keep. And you insult your companion, Rond. You are right about at least one thing. It does seem his heart is distinct from yours. You talked earlier about giving your soul to darkness 'to win.' That is no way to win. I just spent months with wicked men who express the similar attitudes and actions. I have no quarrel with Domi. But I sincerely question that he guided you into butchering Vogel. Now, you, Bones, have stated your self-justifications quite enough. Your sermons are distractions. And I'm sure that I have said more than enough for the time being. If you'll quit babbling about what just happened, then I will too. I agree with you we need to focus on the mission. "But if you bring up the supposed necessity of killing Vogel again, then I, I will, uh... I'll throw this fish at you!" he says, waving the 9" rainbow trout in the air. "Yes, I will." Snorting with disgust, he whispers to the others, "I'm sorry guys, let's just drop this and get a move on."
Borbo Saturday February 20th, 1999 2:52:59 PM
Having already moved on, Borbo checks the first few steps for traps (30%).
K'isst Saturday February 20th, 1999 7:02:59 PM
K'isst, having gone into somewhat of a daze seeing so much death and her first taste of war today---her father and now Vogel, finally shakes her head clear of it all and says, "We must all put such things things behind us." She turns smartly letting her skirts ruffle in such a way that only someone short like Bill could catch a glimpse and winks at him where Branze can't see it. Then she turns the other way and gives Branze an approving look. Then she takes her position behind Borbo and prepares to go down the stairs.
DM Monday February 22nd, 1999 3:11:59 AM
Borbo does not find any traps. The stairs extend 60' and then continues forward as a hallway. The sound of the waterfall continue to prevent all but the loudest yells as the sound is amplified in the hallway and down the stairs.
Rond Monday February 22nd, 1999 4:08:59 AM
Rond will follow behind Borbo, as was planned.
Sedar Monday February 22nd, 1999 5:08:59 AM
The Mage falls into the center postion of the party, as before.
Triple B Monday February 22nd, 1999 6:28:59 AM
Falls in line silent and ready.
Draax Monday February 22nd, 1999 7:16:59 AM
Bringing up the rear, holding the torch high, and trying to stay alert.
Borbo Monday February 22nd, 1999 2:51:59 PM
Borbo cautiously descends into the darkness. Once again he tries to move silently and keeps to the shadows.
Bill T Monday February 22nd, 1999 6:23:59 PM
Bill opens his eyes wide at K'isst's maneuver, and falls quietly into line right behind Sedar.
K'isst Tuesday February 23rd, 1999 4:05:59 AM
K'isst Follows Borbo down the stairs. She looks visibly nervous, but has a fierce look of determination on her face.
DM Tuesday February 23rd, 1999 4:20:59 AM
The party descends the stairs further into the crypt. The smell of death begins to fill the air as the freshness of the area surrounding the waterfall is left behind. The hallway beyond is traversed, led by Borbo checking all the way carefully. (Borbo please make 5 detect traps rolls for future reference and smooth play flow.)The party stands before a large door. First sight reveals that the door was once sealed as a sarcophagus is sealed. However the door has been breached and the stone door has a huge crack running from the upper left corner to the lower right. Both halves have been pushed in as if some mighty force has dealt the door an incredible blow. Beyond there is a bluw glow and the inavoidable smell of death.
Branze Bones Tuesday February 23rd, 1999 5:07:59 AM
"That glow has the smell of magic. and the smell of death may mean undead. If there are any of the unliving i may be able to turn them if i have the time." he says to the group from his postion in the middle. "Lets get moving see if we can suprise what ever is causing that glow.
Rond Tuesday February 23rd, 1999 5:14:59 AM
Will continue to follow Borbo
Draax Tuesday February 23rd, 1999 5:29:59 AM
Continues to follow the others, but puts out the torch hoping not to give away the party's approach to the glowing area.
Bill T Tuesday February 23rd, 1999 8:36:59 AM
Bill holds the trout closer to his nose, to see if it smells better than the new smell assaulting his senses. It does.
Borbo Tuesday February 23rd, 1999 4:19:59 PM
Borbo holds his finger to his lips, and then he listens at the crack (DN 68 need 25). Then the halfling says in a loud whisper, "I don't hear anything moving in there, but let's be careful." He readies a rock in his sling and then steps through the door. (5 find traps = 65,18,71,58,4 - need 30)
Sedar the Lucky Wednesday February 24th, 1999 12:58:59 AM
The 1/2 elf remembers the words of wisdom given to him by Hiram, he places the Ring of Luck on his finger and whispers a prayer to Wardd. "May your luck be with us in our time of need". He then begins to make his way forward in the group.
Rond Wednesday February 24th, 1999 2:20:59 AM
Rond gets ready for when we all move into the next chamber.
DM Thursday February 25th, 1999 5:09:59 AM
Borbo steps through into the unknown. A hallway beyond extends forward for about 100'with statues on pedestals every few feet on every side. Borbo also catches a glimpse of a sarcophagus at the end of the long hallway lit by dim light before the spewing gas blocks the view. However, before Borbo can observe more, his eyes are directed to two stone gargoyle type statues that suddenly drop from the ceiling with their feet still attached to the ceiling like bats so that their heads hang down right above Borbo's face. Suddenly, both of their mough hinges drop and gas spews out. (Borbo save vs. poison. Remember your gift from the chief. Failure slows your responses halving movement and dexterity while slowing initiative which I'll handle.) The gas continues to spew quickly filling the forward part of the hallway and out through the split door. (Everyone else save at +3 with their chief's bonus. Failure is the same as mentioned before.)
Draax Thursday February 25th, 1999 5:51:59 AM
Draax is unaffected by the gas (roll 20), begins to look around for another ambush.
Brother Branze Bones The Dedicated Thursday February 25th, 1999 6:50:59 AM
Not seeing the gargoyle but seeing the gas seeping throughout the party he attempts to hold his breath. Taking a deep breath of the poisoned gas he begins to chike and gag.((6)) "Be ready cough ahck, Something may come after that gas disapates, cough acch." he holds his belly in pain.
Bill T Thursday February 25th, 1999 9:07:59 AM
The halfling starts seeing the gargoyles drop from the ceiling. Bill waves the trout before him, barely stepping back in time from the emitted gas (save vs poison 8+3=11). The trout makes its save, with an additional +4 due to its lack of respiration (12+3+4=19).... Holding his breath, Bill signals to those behind him to step back briskly.
Rond Thursday February 25th, 1999 2:06:59 PM
Rond attempts to speak, and takes in a big breath of gas, which cause a look of concern across his face (rolled a 10).
Borbo Thursday February 25th, 1999 4:40:59 PM
Borbo manages to get a big breath right before the gargoyles spew their poison (9 needed 7). He silently thanks H'ollo for his gift and scampers farther down the hall.
Sedar the gassed Thursday February 25th, 1999 11:41:59 PM
The Mage staggers, after inhaling the gas deeply. (Rolled 7, includes +3, & +3 from the elders bonus). Attempt to hold on to the wall as time slows, to keep from falling. As he clutches for holds he whispers "Wardd, .... I guess ... bad ...luck ... is ... better ... than ... no ... luck... ".
DM Sunday February 28th, 1999 4:29:59 AM
As Borbo scampers forward, he stops short noticing a series of holes in the walls when something in one of them reflected the dim light. Then he notices a definite crack that traverses the floor from right to left. Definitely another trap. (Some of you didn't state whether you passed your save or not. If you failed and didn't say so, please email me and let me know.)
Branze Bones Sunday February 28th, 1999 6:36:59 AM
((Failed save)) "Borbo is everything ok up there?"
Borbo Sunday February 28th, 1999 4:01:59 PM
"Yes, there's another trap, but no poison yet. Come on up. Just don't walk past me." Borbo studies the trap. Before he even thinks about trying to disarm it, he tries to figure out whether projectiles will come out of the holes or more gas, but he can't seem to tell (missed perception check 18/14). He waits for everyone else to show up and points out the trap to them. "I think that arrows or something will shoot out of these holes when we step on the next section of floor, but I could be wrong. Anyone else is welcome to have a look and offer suggestions. I could try to disarm it, but I mught just set it off. I would recommend someone throwing their shield out there. It should be heavy enough to set off the trap without endangering anyone. Hold your breath, though, just in case it's poison again.
Draax Sunday February 28th, 1999 4:19:59 PM
Moves up along side of Borbo and pull his shield from his back, moves what he thinks is not in the line-of-fire of the holes and gets ready to toss his shield wherever Borbo tells him, but waits to hear if anyone else has a suggestion before he does.
Sedar the Slowed Monday March 1st, 1999 4:58:59 AM
as time seems to flow less quickly, the 1/2 elf makes room for those that seem unaffected. Holding against a side wall awaiting the point crew's progress.
Rond Monday March 1st, 1999 5:15:59 AM
Rond will move up as best he can to where Borbo is.
Bill T Monday March 1st, 1999 5:16:59 AM
Seeing Sedar stumble, Bill goes to help prop him up. "You okay, Sedar, sir?" Bill holds up three fingers - middle, ring, and pinkie. "How many fingers do you see?" he asks the half elf.
DM Monday March 1st, 1999 6:31:59 AM
Rond and Draax move up to stand beside Borbo. K'isst moves in as well. (Perception checks for those in the room. That's either an intel. or a wis. chesk, whichever is better for you.) Sedar and Bill remain outside the broken door to the tomb. With the torch out the only glow is that of the magic that encompasses the sarcophagus at the end of the room. The dreary blue glow makes everyone look deathly pale.
K'isst Monday March 1st, 1999 6:34:59 AM
(K'isst rolls a 19 missing her perception check.) "Be careful guys. If we're hitting two traps this early, there will be more." She tentatively pokes at one of the Gargoyles to satisfy herself that they are not alive.
Draax Monday March 1st, 1999 7:29:59 AM
Standing beside Borbo and Rond (made perception roll, rolled 4)
Rond Monday March 1st, 1999 12:11:59 PM
Makes the perception check (9).
Borbo Monday March 1st, 1999 2:06:59 PM
Borbo masterfully makes his perception check (1).
Branze Bones Monday March 1st, 1999 6:51:59 PM
"Is every where trapped in this tomb. So we must be careful, cough ack or the Wold is over." he says peering in the room looking for the glow.
Sedar Monday March 1st, 1999 11:29:59 PM
"three right, ....thanks Bill" accepting Bill's help. "lets move up to the rest of the band" with Bill's support moves forward into the tomb.
Bill T Tuesday March 2nd, 1999 12:04:59 AM
Bill walks with Sedar into the room. (Made perception check (16) if it applies.)
K'isst Tuesday March 2nd, 1999 3:43:59 PM
Seeing that those in front are better than her at noticing these traps even though she has lived underground all her life, K'isst becomes frustrated. She spins to join those outside, but notices that they are entering and that a couple of them are moving very slowly. Strange. She quickly moves to help them enter the room and stands beside them.
DM Tuesday March 2nd, 1999 3:50:59 PM
Those who passed their checks notice that on either side on the wall, just past the trap that Borbo has identified, there are a series of faces carved in bass relief (spelling?). Their hideous faces look even more sinister in the blue light coming from the casket. However, they do not have long to notice these still faces, because as the last of the party enters, the faces mouths animate and screams issue forth. Hideous screams of the dead in torment! The sound is overwhelmingly loud. Louder than the waterfall. Any who yell in response discover that they can't hear themselves at all and that conversation is useless! The screams move up and down the register from deep rumblings that shake the room to ear piercing screams that seem to penetrate the soul.
Borbo Tuesday March 2nd, 1999 4:10:59 PM
Borbo points to the outline of the plate in the floor and the holes in the walls. He covers his face with his sleeve and motions for Draax to throw his shield on the floor.
Branze Bones Tuesday March 2nd, 1999 4:36:59 PM
Saying a prayer even thou it is no heard he tries to summon the power of Domi to turn the undead screams off.
Bill T Tuesday March 2nd, 1999 10:04:59 PM
Covers his ears. The fish gets in the way of his left ear, so he throws it onto the plate that Borbo pointed at. Good aim (19)!. He wipes his left hand on his pants, and covers his left ear, too.
Draax Tuesday March 2nd, 1999 10:25:59 PM
Takes a step back and tosses the shield on to the floor (if roll in needed rolled 10 (AC7))
Rond Wednesday March 3rd, 1999 4:46:59 AM
At a loss for words ( :) ), Rond will cover his ears (sheathing weapon), and look for any ways to obviously turn off the noise (even if it's stuffing a sock in the mouth).
DM Wednesday March 3rd, 1999 4:49:59 PM
When the fish hits the plate a series of darts fly out of the holes that all inherently fly circling in on the fish penetrating it in multiple places. Each dart is covered with a purple oil that glows funny in the blue light. When the shield hits the floor plate, the holes fire a second time with the darts trying again and again to hit the shield, but bouncing off. The sound is continuing and is a very disheartening thing. (Everyone make a save vs. fear with your "dead chief" bonuses to keep up your courage and remain in the room.)
K'isst Wednesday March 3rd, 1999 4:58:59 PM
K'isst shakes her head and pokes some cloth in her ears. (Rolls an 18 for a save.) She continues to stand guard over the slowed while keeping an eye on the area behind them. Not for the last time, she wonders if she shouldn't have stayed back on her peaceful underground island in the stream and married a trog and had little troggies.
Bill T Wednesday March 3rd, 1999 8:43:59 PM
Sorely irritated by the nearly unbearable sounds (saved vs fear w/12), Bill looks ahead. He looks up at Sedar, signals that he himself is moving ahead, and lets Sedar remain for the moment, if he wants. Bill approaches the plate, seeing if there is a way around it, or if it might be jumped over.
Bill T Wednesday March 3rd, 1999 8:47:59 PM
Alternatively, judging by the amount of time which lapsed from the moment the fish struck the plate and the darts struck the fish, and likewise the shield, might there be enough time to dash by, hitting the plate, but being past it by the time the darts arrive? Bill also wonders whether he might be able to use some of the freshly provided darts ... And he mourns the contamination of his favorite trout.
Sedar Thursday March 4th, 1999 1:46:59 AM
The mage meets up with the rest of the Band. "We could always throw one of the smaller fellows over the plate, ...what say you Bill T." Says Sedar with a slow smile and a quick wink, and a friendly nudge.
Rond Thursday March 4th, 1999 3:52:59 AM
Rond doesn't even flinch as he continues to ponder how he can help (22).
Draax Thursday March 4th, 1999 4:54:59 AM
Thinking hard on how to get pass the trap, Draax barely pays attention to the voices (passed fear check rolled 20).
Branze Bones Thursday March 4th, 1999 5:35:59 AM
Runs screaming from the room.((dice hate me for save rolls 9 total even with all the plus's))
K'isst Thursday March 4th, 1999 6:25:59 AM
K'isst runs after Branze to calm him and keep him from going to far. She holds her hands over his ears and then after a few moments with a fake embarrassed shrug, rips some fabric from the bottom of her outfit and stuffs that in his ears.
DM Thursday March 4th, 1999 6:28:59 AM
Bill notices that the angle of the darts does not line up with the direction that the darts were fired from. They seemed to somehow home in on the offending object...sort of like a magic missle of some sort. The voices continue to scream at you the faces on the wall contorting into their own special voice.
Bill T Thursday March 4th, 1999 9:00:59 AM
Withdrawing from his backpack a grappling hook with 50' of rope attached, Bill signals the others to give him some room. He steps down about five feet from the tail end of the rope, and holds on about 10 feet from the tail with his left hand. He then twirls the hook over his head a few times, to get a good feel for it, then releases the hook, allowing the rope to uncoil. He hopes to have it land ~30 feet away (unless the sarcophagus is closer, in which case he will try to have it stop just short of it). Trying to drown out the noise with his thoughts, he wonders whether the hook will bypass the pressure plate. The rope -- he hopes it's relatively light weight will not set off additional darts of homing, but will find out now, won't he? [Hmmm - he may be a bit rusty ... rolled a '7' to hit. Which way did it go, which way did it go?]
Bill T Thursday March 4th, 1999 9:07:59 AM
Oh, and Bill would have responded to Sedar's kind invitation to being thrown across the room, but he couldn't make out what his half-speed friend was saying, so he just smiled and winked back at the mage, and shrugged (before the grappling hook attempt).
Draax Thursday March 4th, 1999 9:42:59 AM
Moves back to give Bill enough room to swing his rope and waits to see the results.
Borbo Thursday March 4th, 1999 4:39:59 PM
Borbo isn't affected by the screaming (20), but he sees how it is bothering the others. He takes out his sling and hurls a rock at the nearest mouth, but the rock bounces madly down the hallway (6 doesn't even hit ac10).
Branze Bones Thursday March 4th, 1999 4:49:59 PM
((Screaming voices making me frightened i would have never thought. Domi will not be pleased that i ran from such a threat. At least it wasnt during combat or i would have to take my own life rather than fail him again.)) he thinks to himself after the lizard woman's help. "He makes a gesture of thanx to here and returns into the room watching the events unfold. He thinks to him self then grabs one of the floating disks left by the wizard and tries to float himself out to the tomb.
K'isst Friday March 5th, 1999 8:03:59 PM
Returns to the room taking up a rear guard position.
DM Friday March 5th, 1999 8:08:59 PM
Branze returns back into the room floating on the shield. Bill's grappling hook fires long and seems to fly through the air forever as the screams and the blue illumination make time stand still. Then Bill realizes that the hook is unerringly heading for the sarcophagus itself. Going....going.....going.....
Bill T Saturday March 6th, 1999 1:57:59 AM
Aah! Stop it! Bill pulls in the slack on the rope, hoping to arrest the grappling hook before it strikes the sarcophagus. [I don't know whether I need a dex check on that, or a 'to hit' roll, but I rolled a 6 on 1d20 - so let us know the good/bad news]
Borbo Saturday March 6th, 1999 4:32:59 PM
Feeling something bad will happen, Borbo ducks and covers. He also makes a mental note to tell Branze that the floating disk was a good idea.
Rond Sunday March 7th, 1999 3:41:59 PM
Rond will stand by to offer whatever aid he can.
Draax Sunday March 7th, 1999 9:21:59 PM
Stands watching the results of Bill's throw and hoping that it does not set off any deadlier traps.
Sedar Sunday March 7th, 1999 11:11:59 PM
watches everyone actions and continues to scan the room for anything, awaits the results of Triple B's disc crossing and Bill T's grapple throw.
DM Monday March 8th, 1999 3:38:59 AM
Bill yanks on the rope and pulls for all he's worth. At the last moment, he yanks the thing back causing it to fall short of the sarcophagus. When it hits the ground, a pit opens up just in front of the sarcophagus. As soon as it appears swallowing the grapple, it closes catching the rope in the floor and yanking Bill forward. (Bill make a dex check.) Branze continues to float in the air unhindered.
Bill T Monday March 8th, 1999 5:17:59 AM
About to heave a sigh of relief having avoided hitting the sarcophagus, Bill begins gently pulling the grappling hook toward him. Feeling the rope again pulling forward, he applies friction, seeing if he can arrest the fall of the hook without being pulled forward onto the pressure plate himself. (Rolls well under his dexterity with a 9 :) If he can stop the pull of gravity on the hook and retain his grasp on the rope, he will. If something stronger than gravity continues pulling, he will release the rope - being sure to move his foot off the last portion upon which his right root rests. He shouts something, but no one can hear what he says, and in his mind sends a prayer heavenward.
Branze Bones Monday March 8th, 1999 5:18:59 AM
Well i guess we need this body so." he begins to try and pry open the tomb while floating.
Borbo Monday March 8th, 1999 3:11:59 PM
Borbo looks up and sees Branze about to touch the sarcophagus. He tries to shout over the screams, "DON'T!!"
Draax Monday March 8th, 1999 5:21:59 PM
Watches the events unfold, but he has no idea how he can help. Stands ready, waiting to give support to anyone that needs it.
Rond Tuesday March 9th, 1999 3:32:59 AM
Stands by to help as possible.
Spirit of the Tomb Tuesday March 9th, 1999 5:33:59 AM
Borbo pulls his hook back. Branze does not hear Borbo's plea. The Screams continue dulling your brains and senses. The shield and fish still sit on the pressure plate causing it to depress slightly.
Bill T Tuesday March 9th, 1999 9:57:59 AM
Bill is still wondering how many feet across the pressure plate is. It seems to go wall to wall across the room [correct?], but how far from this side to the other? Bill calculates, converting from English to metric if necessary.
Borbo Tuesday March 9th, 1999 3:10:59 PM
Borbo hopes that the plate is depressed enough to keep it from shooting darts at him. He gets up and runs across. He hopes to catch Branze before he touches the sarcophagus.
Spirit of The Tomb Wednesday March 10th, 1999 2:56:59 PM
Borbo rushes over the pressure plate with nothing untoward happening to him. Then as he continues forward suddenly he remembers that strange trap that opened and swallowed Bill's hook closing on it again. The strange thing about it though, now occurs to Borbo and that is that the hook came back to him when he pulled and didn't stay stuck in the trap. Branze reaches the Sargophagus and reaches to touch it. (all of this happens in just a couple of seconds.)
Branze Bones Wednesday March 10th, 1999 3:31:59 PM
Funishes open the tomb with the butt of his sword. Ready to duck down behind the side of the coffin if something happens.
Draax Wednesday March 10th, 1999 5:15:59 PM
Still waits to help where he can.
Bill T Wednesday March 10th, 1999 6:12:59 PM
[Direct appeal to the Spirit of the Tomb -- what are the dimensions in feet of the pressure plate?]
Borbo Wednesday March 10th, 1999 11:51:59 PM
Borbo stops and tries to puzzle out just what is going on. How far has he run. Where is he in relation to everyone else. Why is a hook opening a trap, when it already did it. Ahh, it's some time trap. Borbo stops and keeps thinking about. He looks for clues.
Sedar Friday March 12th, 1999 3:17:59 AM
Watches Triple B and Borbo on the other side, awaiting the results from Brother Bones contact with the evil. Borbo's reaction seems strange in the mage's mind and the 1/2 elf begins to follow the haflings actions with cautious interest.
K'isst Saturday March 13th, 1999 7:11:59 AM
K'isst re-enters the room and stops in front of the pressure plate standing between Draax and Rond. She shrugs at them and watches to see what will happen next.
DM Saturday March 13th, 1999 7:55:59 AM
As Branze opens the sarcophagus, the whole tomb is lit up with a blinding blue light. The lid blows off the top crashing into the ceiling and splintering into a million pieces that shatter down on Borbo and Branze. The body begins to rise into the air floating above the Sarcophagus. It is the source of the blinding light. The corpse literally exudes magic silenciing the screaming faces. The silence is overwhelming. A booming voice calls out into the tomb. "Who disturbs my rest!! Who has done this to my body!! You shall join me in death and then you shall be punished!!" That last word echoes through the tomb and then through the crypt. Far away on Trog Island children run for their mothers as the single word travels the underground. Even further Hiram Veril pauses in his prayers as he hears the distant call. Then, as if that wasn't enough, the two gargoyles come to life and fly to the far end of the room heading for Branze the Brother!!
Saturday March 13th, 1999 7:57:59 AM
(Round 1: The party has the initiative. The gargoyles are AC5.)
Triple B Saturday March 13th, 1999 8:40:59 AM
Turns with a start at the voice and the screaming Gragoyles. He swings his sword at the on rushing creatures made of stone. His sword flicks out and glances across the stone, barely scratching the hard stone body of these creautres.
Saturday March 13th, 1999 10:56:59 AM
Bill T skips as lightly as he can over the pressure plate, having seen his cousin make it successfully across. The thought of snagging some of the fish darts on his way by is rejected immediately. As he runs forward to just under 20' from it, he targets the gargoyle to the left of the steps leading to the sarcophagus (G2), and hurls three darts. The first bounces off a wing (h9). "The Sons of Dread..." Bill begins, as the second dart hits the ugly winged ornament (h15:d3) in the shoulder. "...have been messing with your body, great Mengor..." he continues. The third dart flies by to land on the floor beyond... "...And we'd like to take you where they can't do so any more." Bill also marks the shadows being cast by the various figures in the room.
Borbo Saturday March 13th, 1999 5:14:59 PM
Borbo decides that he will never learn anything about this strange hallway, so he fights. He takes careful aim at the gargoyle that Bill didn't attack (G1). He attempts to hit a wing (called shot -4) hoping it would make the thing crash to the floor. The rock goes wide and crashes into the ceiling. Little Borbo purses his lips in concentration and waits.
Draax Sunday March 14th, 1999 10:55:59 AM
Aims at one of the gargoyles with his long bow and shoots 2 arrows missing with both (rolled 5 and 8).
Bill T Sunday March 14th, 1999 8:45:59 PM
If it looks like one of the gargoyles is going to try to whomp on him, Bill activates 'biofeedback' in order to ameliorate the damage.
Rond Monday March 15th, 1999 3:31:59 AM
Will close and cover Triple-B's back and assuming there is a Gargoyle to strike, and misses.
K'isst Monday March 15th, 1999 3:52:59 AM
With a mighty war cry, K'isst rushes forward to engage #2 from behind. She swings her long sword with determination rolling an 18 hitting and doing 9 points of damage to the thing. She laughs in triumph at her first hit on the creature.
Gargoyles Monday March 15th, 1999 4:02:59 AM
(The Gargoyles have the second initiative in Round 1) Gargoyle #2 hovers in front of Borbo and strikes twice at him with his claws. He rolls a 17 and a 16 doing 2 and 3 points of damage respectively. Gargoyle #1 hovers in front of Branze striking with his claws rolling 11 and 14 hitting both times for 3 and 2 points respectively. Mengor's body continues to float in the air illuminating the room in that bright blue light. He doesn't seem to hear or respond to Bill's explanation.
Spirit of The Tomb Monday March 15th, 1999 4:19:59 AM
(The Gargoyles win initiative for Round 2) [BTW, Rond can't get to Branze's back as Branze is on the other side of the Gargoyle from Rond. So I moved Rond up to Gargoyle #1's back. ](Todd, I sent a map to your web address.) Gargoyle #1 spins to strike at Rond with his claws hitting with a 12 and missing with a 6 for 3 points damage. Gargoyle #2 spins to attack K'isst with its claws missing with a 2 and hitting with a 14 for 2 points of damage.
Spirit of the Tomb Monday March 15th, 1999 4:20:59 AM
(The Party now has 2nd initiative in Round 2)
Borbo Monday March 15th, 1999 6:43:59 AM
Borbo recalls the blessing given him by the old troglodyte and focuses on his brief memory of the old man. He lets loose another stone at Gargoyle 1's wing. This time the stone strikes (16,3pts).
draax Monday March 15th, 1999 8:32:59 AM
Drops the useless bow, pulls his longsword, advances on #2, swings and hits nothing but air (rolls 4). Looks at the sword and thinks that maybe it belongs on the floor with the bow.
Bill T Monday March 15th, 1999 1:01:59 PM
Continuing to attack gargoyle #2, Bill barely misses him with his 1st & 3rd darts (11,12), but hits (15h:1d) with the 2nd, for very light damage indeed. In another corner of his brain, he wonders whether casting the grappling hook over Mengor's body and carrying it out of the crypt like a kite might work. Or would his body stop floating after a while? Yet a third part of his brain wonders, 'did the two of six darts that did hit seem to really do anything?'
Branze Bones Monday March 15th, 1999 6:27:59 PM
Swinging his sword with precision the warrior priest strikes hard into the gargoyle( 19 for 8 damage) then quickly reverses his swing and trys a second stirke. THis one however bounces off the gargoyles hard stone. Branze stands balanced on the disk fighting a flying Gargoyle. Not quite the combat he ever prepared for he smiles non the less.
Sedar Monday March 15th, 1999 11:18:59 PM
The 1/2 elf draws a rope out of his pack, making a lasso, but being on the opposite side of the pressure plate from the battle knows he can little. Throws the lasso at the nearest Gargoyle (-2 for non proficient weapon)(rolls 3)misses badly. Draws rope back for another attack in complete disgust of that arkward attempt.
Rond Tuesday March 16th, 1999 5:28:59 AM
(saw the map, although Rond wasn't included on the key! :) ) Rond will swing again and do 9 points of damage.
K'isst Tuesday March 16th, 1999 8:11:59 AM
K'isst, wondering if Draax is going to push her out of the way, ducks under Gargoyle #2 (dex check of 10) to the other side and then attacks. She rolls twice this round rolling a 2 and a 13 hitting once for 7 points of damage.
The Spirit of the Maw Tuesday March 16th, 1999 8:13:59 AM
(Results of the Party attacks)Draax tries to get to Gargoyle #2, but finds the way blocked by the trapped area. He will have to traverse the trap, or get K'isst to move aside. Bills darts are seeming to affect the creatures. K'isst succeeds in moving to the other side of Gargoyle #2. He adjusts by moving out over the pit and facing both K'isst and Draax.
Sprit of The Tomb Tuesday March 16th, 1999 8:14:59 AM
(The party wins initiative for Round 3)
Bill T Tuesday March 16th, 1999 10:21:59 AM
Bill continues to hurl his darts at G2. The first strikes (h17) for 2 points of damage. The 2nd misses (h7), and with the third he woefully misses (natural 1:d1).
Borbo Tuesday March 16th, 1999 2:58:59 PM
Borbo hopes his shot to the gargoyle's wing did some good, and he launches a stone at Gargoyle #2's wing (called shot). The second stone strikes the monster's wing with a loud crack (20[3]) for a whopping 3 pts of damage.
Rond Wednesday March 17th, 1999 4:19:59 AM
Rond attacks (6 on a 6 sided (wasn't paying attention) 15 or ac 5) and does 2 points of damage.
Branze Bones Wednesday March 17th, 1999 4:23:59 AM
Swings his sword agian at the creature, the whailing must be bothering him as his sword again misses the creature made of Stone.
Draax Wednesday March 17th, 1999 5:15:59 AM
Swings longsword, attacks G#2 and hits (rolled 11, AC4 with +3 bonus, if his non-magical longsword does any damage, he hit for 1 point of damage)
Sedar Wednesday March 17th, 1999 6:36:59 AM
The 1/2 elf throws his lasso again at the nearest Gargoyle (rolls 9 misses), was foolishly attempting to swing by the rope to make it over the pressure plate (dex roll 18 fails) after it should have grappled the creature. Sprawled on the floor Sedar YELLS out loud "What kind of Luck do you send me Wardd...!!! I ask for the fortunate ,but Ill is all I get ... what good is this bauble"
K'isst Wednesday March 17th, 1999 7:56:59 AM
K'isst swings her sword once again at this amazing creature that flies and is made of stone. She rolls a 7 missing while seething at her failure.
Spirit of The Tomb Wednesday March 17th, 1999 8:00:59 AM
Gargoyle #2 spins out of control his wing mangled and crashes into the trap below him. Being close to the trap you see that it is only 1 foot deep. However, a few seconds later you see a blade the width of the trap scythe across just under floor level both decapitating the Gargoyle and breaking the blade. Then a what is now revealed as an illusion coveres the trap surface once again. Gargoyle #2 is dead. Gargoyle #1 looks pretty mangled, but still animates. Mengor's body continues to float sending off waves of light and oblivious to it's surroundings.
Gargoyle #1 Wednesday March 17th, 1999 8:04:59 AM
Gargoyle #1 spins to Rond and attacks him once with a 17 for 2 points of damage. Then it spins and attacks Branze once rolling a 10 barely missing the priest. It voices a "we who are about to die" type scream at both of its opponents.
Sprit of The Tomb Wednesday March 17th, 1999 8:06:59 AM
(The gargoyle has initiative for Round 4) Gargoyle #1 once again attacks Branze rolling an 18 hitting for 1 point of damage. It then attacks him again missing with a 5. It clenches its teeth nashing them in it's fury and frustration.
Bill T Wednesday March 17th, 1999 9:19:59 AM
After getting one of his darts tangled in his sleeve, Bill works to extricate it. Finally, with a r-r-r-rip, he succeeds, kind of. The point is bent, and his left sleeve is holey. He tosses the damaged dart aside, and peeks at Mengor through the hole in his sleeve. At last, he looses a fresh dart at Gargoyle 1. It sails past, landing in the recently vacated sarcophagus.
Branze Bones Wednesday March 17th, 1999 4:56:59 PM
The gargoyle cuts a wound in the sword arm of the warrior priests arm causing him to nash his teeth in determination. Rebalancing his feet on the floating disk he launches another attack at the stone beast. He quickly strikes with his sword crashing into the stone causing chips to fly and the beast to react in pain. His second attack a reverse thrust of the sword, diggs deep into the creatures stone skin again causing the creature to let out a scream. The bloody priest smiles as he successfully lands two solid blows against the creature trying to end his existanze on the Wold.((two hits for 10, 23 and 18 modified rolls))
Sedar Thursday March 18th, 1999 12:45:59 AM
The Mage seeing that Triple B has the last creature under control turns his attention back to the Body of Mengor as it floats in it's aura of intense magic. He with draws the lasso he has been miserable throwing around, jamming it back into his pack with utter disgust written upon his mug.
Rond Thursday March 18th, 1999 1:15:59 AM
Rond will wait to see if the Garg is still alive
Borbo Thursday March 18th, 1999 4:58:59 AM
Borbo drops his sling and starts flinging darts. He's obviously very new at the procedure. The first strikes the ceiling butt first (2). The second leaves Borbo's fingers sideways and falls into the trap (12). The third, however, strikes the still present garg for an awe inspiring 1 point of damage.
Dead Spirit of the Tomb Thursday March 18th, 1999 8:10:59 AM
The final Gargoyle splinters into pieces of rock that fly everywhere as Branze and Borbo finish him off. Silence settles in the tomb. Now this is what a tomb should sound like. The body of Mengor continues to float above it's sarcophagus. The faces on the wall, lit by the bizarre blue light seem to silently mock your efforts.
Borbo Thursday March 18th, 1999 4:28:59 PM
Borbo looks to the floating body to make sure it isn't doing anything but floating.
Bill T Thursday March 18th, 1999 11:23:59 PM
Bill is very pleased to be with such people as these. He beams at them for a moment. Then, getting practical, he suggests, "Hey, let's throw one of these gargoyle thingies back on that pressure plate, and see if more darts try to hit it. It might make it easier for all of us to get back across if we're sure it's pressed down all the way." Looking up at the source of bright blue light, he says, "And then we'll help this guy get out of here."
Rond Friday March 19th, 1999 1:57:59 AM
" I would think we might want to be ready for another quick attack of some sort. It seems to me that this was too easy, that there might be something else lurking out there, yet."
Triple B Friday March 19th, 1999 7:01:59 AM
"The stone beasts are dead lets now get mangors body out of the tomb." says Branze still aloft on the floating pedisal. "Domi Heal my battle wounds." ((clw spell cast)) "What do you all say time to go?"
Draax Friday March 19th, 1999 9:39:59 AM
Retrieves his bow from the floor, goes over to the Sarcophagus with the body floating above it and looks inside.
Sedar Saturday March 20th, 1999 6:03:59 AM
"sounds good Brother Bones, lets grab the body and go" awaits responses from the rest of the band.
Rond Saturday March 20th, 1999 5:49:59 PM
"let's see if one person can handle the body, so the rest of us can circle them"
K'isst Saturday March 20th, 1999 10:13:59 PM
Looking a little guilty, K'isst pulls out a bladder. "I, uh free this from the old village shaman before. They taste bad, but help heal. Mr. Borbo, drink. Hold thy nose."
Bill T Sunday March 21st, 1999 5:26:59 AM
"Say, Bones, you're looking better than a minute ago, thank Domi! Sure, let's get Mengor's body out." Addressing Sedar, Draax and Rond, Bill suggests, "Hey fellas, help me move this gargoyle over to the pressure plate." Bill picks up one leg of Gargoyle #2, begins trying to drag the grotesque figure over to the plate, hoping a few others will lend him a hand.
Draax Sunday March 21st, 1999 3:22:59 PM
Helps Bill move Gargoyle #2.
Sedar Sunday March 21st, 1999 3:51:59 PM
Begins moving whatever is available to weigh down the pressure plate.
Borbo Sunday March 21st, 1999 4:14:59 PM
Borbo looks at K'isst. "Thank you, but I don't believe that I am hurt. Unless maybe it was like when you cut yourself, but the knife is so sharp that you don't feel it. OH MY GOD. That's what happened isn't it. I'm dying, and I don't even know what happened to me. Please, please tell me how I died." He starts checking himself for mysterious wounds.
Branze Bones Monday March 22nd, 1999 4:11:59 AM
Grabs body using the floating disk, and sets the body down on the disk. "Lets get out of here." he says as he peers in the tomb for any other items that may be in there.
K'isst Monday March 22nd, 1999 6:25:59 AM
"Borbo, you are certainly the brave fella. Look at that gaping wound there in your back from those thugs that were with the Sons of Dread. Looks like you've lost alot of blood and it's affecting your vision. Here, do take some of this." Pushes the liquid in the bladder once again at Borbo.
DM Monday March 22nd, 1999 6:34:59 AM
The additional weight on the pressure plate does not cause any additional darts to fire from the wall. When Branze grabs the body, he is enveloped in the same bright blue light that envelopes the body. His body undulates with pain as the blue light courses through him. By forward momentum and the weight of his arms on the body, it does, luckily, end up on the disk and the disk also becomes attracted to the body. At that moment Branze raises his head to speak and it is evident that Branze is no longer in control. "Leave me BEeeeeee!" (As this simple act alone is so contrary to everything that Branze believes in, he may make a saving throw vs. spell to throw himself free.)
Rond Monday March 22nd, 1999 7:10:59 AM
Rond will wait to see if he can help out in some way.
Borbo Monday March 22nd, 1999 2:58:59 PM
Borbo takes a quick sip of K'isst's potion while he pays close attention to what's happening with Branze.
Branze Bones Monday March 22nd, 1999 4:51:59 PM
Feeling himself being taken controll of when teh voice coming from his mouth isn't his own Branze concentrates. With a act of will power he drives the controlling blue light from his body and moves away from the body that glows blue. "Whew, MAngor, for the good of the world we need to get your body out of here. I dont want to disturb your rest any morre than you do but if we leave you here, youll be used as a weapon."
Draax Monday March 22nd, 1999 5:46:59 PM
Turns toward Brother Bones as the strange voice comes from his mouth and looks on as Branze resists the hostile take over.
Bill T Monday March 22nd, 1999 11:24:59 PM
Bill takes a moment to pick up as many darts as he can from the fish and around (or on) the shield. He takes care with the tips, not to touch them, and places the newly retrieved darts in a bag. Hearing Branze Bones' words, he looks up at what's going on there. Bill loops the rope tied to the grappling hook, and cautiously moves toward the disk and glowing blue body.
Sedar Tuesday March 23rd, 1999 3:10:59 AM
The 1/2 elf crosses the pressure plate, with great self concern, holding his breath hoping it doesn't set anything off. Noticing Bill's idea with the rope, he makes his way over to give the good hearted fellow a hand. "interesting idea Bill...lets see if it works ..." ~wondering if he is observing/particpating things in real time~
DM Tuesday March 23rd, 1999 5:04:59 AM
Branze takes 4 hit points of electrical damage as he tears himself away from the body. The body continues to float with the shield stuck to it.
Rond Tuesday March 23rd, 1999 5:53:59 AM
"is the disk still under your control? Let's get outta hear! "
Borbo Tuesday March 23rd, 1999 9:02:59 PM
Borbo gathers up his darts (6) and is happy to see that all are in good shape. Then he heads back down the hall.
Draax Wednesday March 24th, 1999 4:48:59 AM
Goes over to the entrance to the room and peeks through the doorway to make sure that there are no uninvited guests.
Branze Wednesday March 24th, 1999 5:59:59 AM
Tries to controll the disk using his thoughts. Leading it towards the door.
DM Wednesday March 24th, 1999 6:21:59 PM
Draax does not see anyone in the hall. Branze finds that the disk follows his thoughts, however it does seem to take some time for it to react, as if the magic of the body is affecting it somehow making the response time sluggish.
K'isst Wednesday March 24th, 1999 6:23:59 PM
K'isst offers Branze one of her bladder of healing concoctions since Borbo doesn't seem to want one. She smiles warmly at him after looking confused at Borbo, "It doesn't taste that bad. Really."
Bill T Wednesday March 24th, 1999 7:30:59 PM
Seeing that Branze is making some headway with moving Mengor's remains, and that K'isst is helping the priest with his wounds, Bill gathers up all the darts he had thrown, except the one in the sarcophagus. He pulls out a whetstone, and touches up the tip of each dart, glancing around frequently, being accustomed to this exercise. "Hey, Borbo. We should be prepared for some action by the Sons of Dread somewhere on our way outta here. Do you have a blanket or something we can toss over the dead guy's body?"
Sedar Thursday March 25th, 1999 2:14:59 AM
Heads to the door to lead the way back out with Draaxx. "lets find our the exit,,,"
Borbo Thursday March 25th, 1999 3:23:59 AM
Borbo looks puzzled at K'isst since he already drank the potion she's offering to Branze, but he figures it must be magic or something and turns his attention to Bill. "Hmm. I don't think any of my blankets would cover that guy up. I've got some sacks though. Well I guess they're too small too. I have a tent. Yes that would work. But wait, I left the tent at home. Didn't think we need it in a tomb. I guess I could throw my blanket over part of him, but if someone bigger has a bigger blanket then maybe they should use theirs. Plus you know it's kinda creep throwing one of your good blankets on an old glowing dead guy."
Branze Bones Thursday March 25th, 1999 5:34:59 AM
Scortched and scratched, the warrior priest gladly takes the healing potion and sucks it down with a flourish. "Ah, much better. Now i can controll this but lets get moving and get to the surface."
Draax Thursday March 25th, 1999 9:25:59 AM
Seeing no one waiting outside the doorway, Draax nods approvingly at the others suggestion to depart this place. "Yes, we got what we came for, lets get out of here" Steps just outside of the doorway waiting for the others to follow and bring the floating disk. Seeing the light illuminate from the body he know that there is no need to light another torch.
DM Thursday March 25th, 1999 9:51:59 AM
Borbo and Branze each get 2d4+2 for sipping a potion. (Sorry missed that Borbo sipped one. K'isst has more than one anyway.) The silence of the tomb and the eerie light of the body continue to make the place look and seem very eerie. The light affects your vision, being all of one color, making each shadow look as if it hides something.
Borbo Thursday March 25th, 1999 3:41:59 PM
Borbo takes out his blanket and throws it over as much of the body as he can. He also feels much better from the potion (7pts).
Bill T Thursday March 25th, 1999 9:25:59 PM
Bill removes his cloak, and tosses it over the portion of Mengor's corpse not covered by Borbo's blanket. Then he continues sharpening the tips of his darts. [BTW, how many darts from the trap did Bill recover from fish & shield?]
Sedar Friday March 26th, 1999 3:31:59 AM
Steps out with Draaxx and begins the slow the forward progress on their long journey out. "I'll bet that there will be some sort of exit party by the Dread fellows before we make it......" softly spoken to Draaxx as he follows with the 1/2 elf.
Branze Bones Friday March 26th, 1999 6:18:59 AM
I agree so we should be prepared for there foul magics Seder. What do you suppose we do your a magican arent you?" says branze as he concentrates on the disk. "Hey Bill or Borbo, check the crypt for anything that may be useful to us." ((7 points back, should be back to full now))
Draax Friday March 26th, 1999 6:27:59 AM
Moves ahead slowly with Sedar, giving the other room to exit the through the doorway. While still looking for any surprises he whispers softly to Sedar " I agree those Dread fellows will surely have surprises waiting for us. So what is the game play? Do we circle the body as Rond suggested earlier or do we send one or more of us a little ahead of the party to spring whatever trap(s) awaits us? Or maybe a combination of the two? I do like the idea of surrounding the body, especially when we get to the waterfall and I wonder if Brother bones has to concentrate much on the disk to move it or can he still fight/cast and kept control." Continues to move forward slowly looking for any immediate threats, but will go no further than the stairs and wait for everyone to catch up.
Borbo Friday March 26th, 1999 2:45:59 PM
Borbo keeps a casual eye out for secret doors, other traps, or anything else unusual as he walks back down the hall. "I could go ahead again. I can walk softly and stick to the shadows. Chances are I could figure out what the Bread are up to, and then make my way back to tell all of you about it. That way we can turn their ambush around on them."
Spirit of The Crypt Friday March 26th, 1999 7:48:59 PM
Borbo leads the party out of the room and down the hallway to the stairs. He is followed distantly by Sedar and Draxx side by side with Sedar on the left. Bill and Branze are on either side of the body with Bill on the left. At the rear is K'isst. As the body leaves the crypt, those who were slowed find themselves return to normal with a powerful rush of adrenalin.
Spirit of the Trogs Friday March 26th, 1999 7:50:59 PM
Borbo begins to ascend the stairs when first one body and then another tumble down the stairs. (Borbo dex check.) Borbo sees a lone figure for a moment at the top of the stairs toss the second one and then it's gone. The noise of the bodies thumping down the stairs is loud in your abused ears after the silence of the quieted tomb.
Borbo Friday March 26th, 1999 11:22:59 PM
Borbo barely dodges the bodies(17). Then he quicly moves up the stairs to see what's going on. He creeps into the shadows and becomes all but invisible (15), but he steps on nearly everything that could make any noise on his way up(81).
Bill T Saturday March 27th, 1999 9:52:59 AM
The bright-eyed halfling lights a torch. He then rips a portion of cloth off his torn left sleeve. Each of the darts recovered from the trap he wipes clean of the purplish substance that coats the tip. He then stoops down at the edge of the hallway at the rear of the party, and burns the cloth. Bill extinguishes the torch. Then he returns to his place beside Mengor's body. The four good darts from the trap are placed toward the bottom of the bandolier, the other four good darts above these. The nine damaged darts go in a bag.
Draax Sunday March 28th, 1999 5:32:59 PM
Continues going foward slowly guarding the body.
Sedar Monday March 29th, 1999 3:13:59 AM
Watches as Borbo makes his way up the stairs. The mage makes ready a spell to cast, if by some lucky chance the lone figure reappears. to Draaxx " If I get a clear view of that lone Dread fellow I am going to try a charming spell on him, would be a good source of information, as well as a thorn out of our side".
K'isst Monday March 29th, 1999 3:32:59 AM
"Oh no!" She reaches down to the fallen bodies and turns their heads to the torchlight. They are trog warriors. "Borbo!" she whispers loudly, "They're still warm. Be careful!"
Spirit of the Crypt Monday March 29th, 1999 3:35:59 AM
Borbo clims the stairs and turns the corner to see an empty hallway with at least a dozen dead Trogs scattered around the place. The overwhelming sound of the falls, once again fills his ears making them ache from recent abuse. Someone has hurriedly taken a trog arm and written one single word on the floor in blood: 'DREAD!!'
Branze Monday March 29th, 1999 3:46:59 AM
Concentrates on the disk trying to move it faster, now knowing time isnt on there side. "THey know, we may have to fight are way out.
Bill Troublefinder Monday March 29th, 1999 4:40:59 AM
Bill's ire rises seeing the carnage. Of K'isst, he asks, "These fallen are your people?"
Rond Monday March 29th, 1999 5:16:59 AM
Rond whispers, "we must keep moving"
Draax Monday March 29th, 1999 9:22:59 AM
Walks along side of Sedar looking at the useless waste of life, Whispers to Sedar "Charming one of them sounds like a good idea to me, it would be nice to have a clue about what to expect from these crazies" takes a long look at the dead trogs "but after we get the information,I can't promise that I will let someone that would willingly do something like this live" Continues forward with a very angry look on his face.
Borbo Monday March 29th, 1999 3:04:59 PM
Borbo continues forward very slowly while looking for signs of an ambush. He silently hopes no one else lights a torch back there.
Sedar Tuesday March 30th, 1999 4:49:59 AM
In utter disgust at the deeds of those of 'Dread' Sedar continues to follow along with Draaxx and the others, Over the noise of the falls to Draax "no promise of what their demise may be, but with Trip[le B here I think I'll bet their futures aren't long ones" turning to K'isst "Is there only but this way out to the surface ?"
K'isst Tuesday March 30th, 1999 6:15:59 AM
Yes, they were my people. Now you guys are my people. I will not go back only forward. Sedar, I suppose we could travel down river to the ocean. However, Dragon Bay is dangerous too. The river empties into a shallow air filled cave below the surface of the ocean. Would that be considered "outside" enough for us to burn this guy?
DM Tuesday March 30th, 1999 6:18:59 AM
The party ascends the stairs, picks their way across the bodies of the dead and comes to the waterfall. The waterfall helps freshen the air that everyone noe notices was very stale in the tomb area.
Bill T Tuesday March 30th, 1999 7:56:59 AM
As K'isst speaks, Bill listens with a measure of empathy. "When I was younger," he says as quietly as the falls allow, "My younger brother, Ford, went on a picnic with some of his friends on the other side of Brown Stairs Hill." Bill coughs, covering his mouth with his fist. "Anyway, Chan, a slinger, was supposed to be watching out for them. They forgot the jam, so he went to get it for them." Bill shuffles his feet, staring at the falls. "Anyway, Chan gets back with the jam to the crest of the hill. There're a bunch of orcs, cu-cutting the p-picnickers to bits." He bites his lower lip. "Chan got one with a stone. The rest got away. My mother cried for weeks." He looks down for a moment, then up into K'isst's eyes. "That's when I got serious with my darts, and the sword."
BIll T Tuesday March 30th, 1999 8:05:59 AM
"Who has some oil?" Bill asks.
Draax Tuesday March 30th, 1999 9:15:59 AM
Cracks a small smile at Sedar comment about Brother Bones. "Oh yeah, I almost forgot about that." Takes on a serious expression again and listens as K'isst explains to Sedar a possible place to burn the body. Turns to address Bill. "I don't have any oil, sorry." Continues forward next to Sedar, walking very cautiously when they get by the waterfall looking for any movement other than the party's.
Rond Tuesday March 30th, 1999 1:50:59 PM
"Torches are all I have"
Borbo Tuesday March 30th, 1999 2:42:59 PM
Borbo emerges from the shadows at the waterfall. "Everything seems okay so far, but I was wondering something. K'isst, you know these caves best. Is there an area up ahead that would be more suitable than another for them to ambush us? A cavern with a high ledge or something?"
Triple B Tuesday March 30th, 1999 9:09:59 PM
"They will ambush us, its just a matter of time. Perhaps going straight into the ambush isnt best. Ksst is there another route down here to the tunnel that leads to the surface? Or are we forced to go through the Bothers of Dread?" says the Warrior Priest of Domi. "Well we at least will be ready, if we are ambushed perhaps one of us can still make a run for it out the tunnel with the body and set it afire? Kisst if we are ambushed, perhaps you can take control of the disk while we hold of the Dreadites.
K'isst Wednesday March 31st, 1999 3:50:59 AM
No, there is no alternate route to the surface. And you have already fought battles at the two easiest places to ambush someone. Here at the waterfall and in the statue room just before the exit. I'll be glad to control the disk, but I am willing to fight too. That's what I do.
Sedar the Quick Wednesday March 31st, 1999 3:54:59 AM
Moves to the edge of the falls. "Only one way to truly find out if they are waiting on the other side...." grinning "Wardd's hand upon us..." he turns and leaps through the falls to the other side (dex roll 8) easily leaps to the other side, as with practiced ease. If The Mage sees anyone he will ready and cast (charm if its one person, sleep if its a group)(if no one is there he will just wait for the rest of the band).
DM Wednesday March 31st, 1999 3:56:59 AM
As the party prepares to jump through the falls, Borbo all of a sudden freezes as he hears a barked command just on the other side of the falls. A moment later, a Trog body is hurled through the falls landing at his feet. It is dead.
Bill T Wednesday March 31st, 1999 10:14:59 AM
Bill takes his rope & grappling hook, and quickly begins wrapping the rope multiple times around Mengor's body, blankets, cape, and disk. He ties the rope firmly to the grappling hook, makes sure there are various loops to hold on to, taking care only not to touch Mengor's body directly with his hands. He sees if he can will the disk to move up and down as needed to aid him in this task. [Note the dead mage's body was earlier covered by Borbo's blanket and Bill's cape.]
Bill T Wednesday March 31st, 1999 10:23:59 AM
Also, once the ropes are secure, Bill quickly experiments with the disk to see if can can will it to tilt, and if so to do a controlled 360 degree rotation (in appearance, as if Mengor was on a rostisserie, with the axis through his head and feet).
Bill T Wednesday March 31st, 1999 10:32:59 AM
"Hey, Borbo, do you want to fly?" Bill says in his cousin's ear.
Bill T Wednesday March 31st, 1999 10:36:59 AM
Saying one more thing to Borbo, "Empty a wineskin, fill it with air, and close it." Bill motions Borbo over to Mengor's side, shows him the ropes, and loops.
Bill T Wednesday March 31st, 1999 10:49:59 AM
"Rond, Draax. If either of you has a blanket or cloak, wrap one of the bodies of one of the trogs in it. Rond, light a torch. Pretend the body is Mengor's. Get ready to light it. Maybe you can dash out together and run as fast as you can away." Bill speed talks. "I don't know. Improvise. Maybe light it in here -- sorry, K'isst."
Borbo Wednesday March 31st, 1999 2:42:59 PM
Borbo tries to stop Sedar and points to the trog that just got thrown down. "I'll try to get an idea of how many we are up against. Help Bill with his idea. It may work." Borbo intended to slowly creep through the falls and spy on the Dread, but of course nothing can go as planned. He slips and falls right off the bat (19).
Branze Bones Wednesday March 31st, 1999 5:38:59 PM
"Light it Rond." he stands waiting to see if the brothers of dread fall for the setup with sword and shield in hand.
Draax Wednesday March 31st, 1999 5:43:59 PM
Removes some rope and a small blanket rope from his backpack, drapes the blanket over one of the trogs' body as directed by Bill and begins to tie the blanket around the body.
Bill T Thursday April 1st, 1999 12:50:59 AM
Bill empties his wine skin of all but a couple mouthfuls of wine, fills it with air, pops it in his backpack, which he closes firmly, and (assuming he was able to exercise the control over the disk he attempted earlier) puts his left arm up to the shoulder through one rope loop attached to Mengor & the disk, and wraps his other through the crook of the grappling hook. "K'isst -- straight down," his chin and eyes indicating the nearby falls, "and following the stream should eventually get to the underground cave you mentioned, right?"
DM Thursday April 1st, 1999 4:35:59 AM
When Bill tries to get the body to move up and down, the disk ceases to function falling to the ground. The bound and blanketed Mengor drops a few inches and there he stays. However, a moment's observation shows that Mengor's body is slowly floating forward toward the falls propelled by the energy of its release from the disk.
K'isst Thursday April 1st, 1999 4:45:59 AM
K'isst draws her sword and puts it to Bill's neck. "Former enemy, you will cease your plans to further desecrate and insult my dead kindred. Back off little man!" She growls finding the beast in her beauty.
Bill T Thursday April 1st, 1999 7:56:59 AM
Since the disk has lost its lift, at least part of Bill's plans have lost theirs as well. He arrests the motion of Mengor toward the falls. Then, surprised at K'isst's label for him. He looks up at her, unafraid, but more aware. "I never was your enemy, nor do I plan to be." The hobbit speaks clearly and rapidly. "I would not intentionally insult nor desecrate your kindred, dead or alive. I want to help keep all alive who are, your people, and my people. The Sons of Dread are not my people. I joined them briefly to learn about them and fight against their evil plans. If you have a better plan, and soon, I'm all ears. So, kill me if you want to. But in a moment, or two if we're lucky, I'll bet that the Sons of Dread will come and get us unless we go out against them first. How do we get Mengor away and burnt? How do we keep them from pumping enough extra magic into him to cause him to explode?"
Borbo Thursday April 1st, 1999 6:16:59 PM
Borbo manages to grab a rock (7) before he fell over the side. He wonders to himself why no one bothered to help him as he pulls himself back up. Once on his feet, he creeps through the waterfall to see if there's an ambush on the other side.
Rond Friday April 2nd, 1999 5:44:59 PM
"It may be that we may have to choose another route Bill. Kisst insists that we do no use the bodies, which mean that the dead will wish that also. I do not wish to see her father's wish be corrupted by us not observing something we didn't know. She also brings up another point that had been sitting at the edge of my mind. Your ideas have had merit, but I am unaware of anyone giving you any authority to act on those ideas without consulting us. Since time is of the essence, I say we wrap the body up, and then tie it 'backpack' style onto me, and we get out of here. We have already lost a Kisst's tribe, probably trying to buy us time. So I think deception is probably out the window. I think we just need to become a group and move quickly. Besides, for all we know, you could be using deception right now, in order to get Mengor's body to the Sons of Dread!
Branze Bones Friday April 2nd, 1999 6:37:59 PM
What ever we do lets do it quick. Rond remember the blue lightning on the body perhaps carrying it may not be the best option."
Bill T Saturday April 3rd, 1999 2:47:59 AM
"If you can carry Mengor's dessicated corpse, Rond, without getting zapped - I think the blankets might be helping there - go ahead. It's got ropes on it already - you can put your arms through them. He's kind of floating on his own, anyhow. If you have anything magic on you, you might want to give it someone else." Looking at K'isst, Bill asks, "Look, I didn't mean any offense." And to all, he says, "I didn't plan on taking off with Mengor unless you said it was okay. While the disk thingee was working, I thought maybe I or Borbo & I could fly it down, and over to the cave K'isst mentioned, and burn it there. I should have said something sooner, but I was kinda in a panic, y'know?" Bill takes a deep breath. "You know I can use deception -- I've done so against that bunch waiting for us. But I've never done so with you." Bill fingers his darts. "If that thing does zap Rond, then, K'isst, what do you think of putting Mengor on the floor, and - don't hit me! - respectfully placing your people on top or in front of to hide his body. We go against those outside, and beat them back. Then, a couple of you bigger guys unbury him, carry him outside, & light him. And then we mourn your people, K'isst." Bill finally shuts up.
K'isst Saturday April 3rd, 1999 4:23:59 AM
"Mr. Troublefinder, what is your obsession with deception and the dead of my people? These mages deserve to die for what they have done here! Why are we running? Since they aren't here, they are probably above in the room of the evil statues or the room of 8 sides waiting to ambush us. Let' go and send them straight to the afterlife! I feel Gargul's hunger and share it for the deaths of these future corpses.
Bill T Sunday April 4th, 1999 7:46:59 AM
"O--kayfine," Bill says. "Where's Borbo?"
Draax Sunday April 4th, 1999 10:22:59 AM
Listening to the arguing and accusations. Draax says, "At this moment I don't really care what we do as long as we do it quickly. If we are going to take the body or go kill the mages, lets just go do it and get it over with." Looks around at everyone waiting for a decision or some action. Bill last question finally registered. " Hey that's right, where did Borbo go?"
DM Monday April 5th, 1999 6:04:59 AM
(Uh, waiting for the rest of you to post.)
Borbo Monday April 5th, 1999 4:45:59 PM
Borbo continues to look out for an ambush.
K'isst Monday April 5th, 1999 9:40:59 PM
Slowing removing the blade from Bill's throat, she turns her attention to the missing Borbo. "Did he jump through the falls?" That would be the most logical thing. Shall we proceed? If no one objects, she moves forward and jumps through. (Dex check 13) She looks around for Borbo.
Bill T Monday April 5th, 1999 10:58:59 PM
Bill holds a dart to his throat for a moment, just to be sure he stays in line. He puts it away. Addressing Rond, he asks, "Do you need help getting the mage on your back?" If so, Bill will assist. Otherwise (or afterward), he leaps through the falls (11).
Branze Bones Tuesday April 6th, 1999 3:55:59 AM
"Kisst we will defeat there ambush and find victory for we fight the path of good." he says as he tries to reasure the lizard woman as he takes his leap throught the falls. Making it easyily to the other side of the waterfall.
DM Tuesday April 6th, 1999 5:09:59 AM
The falls roar. The crypt stinks. Somewhere the sun travels across the sky...or is it the moons?
Sedar the already there Mage Tuesday April 6th, 1999 5:17:59 AM
The waiting finally over as he sees his fellow band members coming through the falls. "Kisst nice of you to join me are the others....." stops as they begin to appear.
Rond Tuesday April 6th, 1999 6:38:59 AM
Will wrap a blanket around himself, like a belt, and then will wrap blankets around the body in such a way as to get a back pack like device out of it. Then, assuming I haven't been zapped thru the blankets, attempt to 'wear' the blanketed body, then should everything work, will step thru the fallcs preparing for battle.
Draax Tuesday April 6th, 1999 7:46:59 AM
Waits until the last member goes through the falls and then jumps through himself (dex check 7).
Borbo Tuesday April 6th, 1999 4:31:59 PM
Borbo moves on in the shadows.
Bill T Tuesday April 6th, 1999 11:02:59 PM
As soon as all are through the falls, Bill says, "So, the statue room and the octagonal room are up this path to the left? I haven't been there, since the wizards teleported us to this place." Bill searches with his eyes for Borbo. He tries to squeeze excess water out of his clothes.
Sedar Wednesday April 7th, 1999 1:44:59 AM
"what was that Bill T.... the wizards are powerful enough to teleport you down here ? ... the ones that you came with that is ?" the 1/2 elf's attention being drawn to the little fellow at the mention of how they got here.
Branze Bones Wednesday April 7th, 1999 2:58:59 AM
Sits and is on guard for an ambush as the party discusses its option. "We best keep quite as not to give away are position after we leave the roar of the falls. We should also use as little light as possible, so we dont give them to much warning that we are coming."
Bill T Wednesday April 7th, 1999 4:57:59 AM
"The magic users I came with, Sedar, were, what, junior wizards? The bigs boys stayed back at headquarters, but they had some kind of way of looking into this area, I think, then had us all grouped together, and sent us in right after you went through the falls. Now, they used up some of their magic for the day on that, as well as getting the three wizards, plus Sandow and Jizzer back. One of the wizards is Lackamund. He was a total ... pain in some unmentionable part of the anatomy. He liked to lord it over ... well, never mind. Let me think for a sec and see if I can remember anything else important." Bill thinks for a moment.
DM Wednesday April 7th, 1999 9:46:59 AM
Bill notices Borbo disappearing around the bend in the corridor as it begins to ascend to the 1st level. Borbo traverses the curve and the sloping passage and arrives on the first level. Borbo, please make a perception check and any "thiefly" rolls you might deem appropriate at this time. :) Rond gets an initial shock of 2 hits points damage when his armor and Mengor's wrappings and blankets come into contact. Then, however, it seems that Rond is now enveloped in that electrical field and he feels no more ill effects, except for the fact that all his hair is standing straight up and his face is slightly blue. (We needed to move on and Rond didn't post today, so I chose Rond's actions for today.)
Draax Wednesday April 7th, 1999 10:29:59 AM
Stands on guard, half of his attention is listening to Bill, the other half is looking for signs of an ambush or some other type of trouble.
Bill T Wednesday April 7th, 1999 10:56:59 AM
Bill was concentrating so hard on remembering important details that might help the party, that he barely noticed some Borbo-type movement up ahead. "Hey, is that Borbo? And where's that dog who lost his master over the falls?" Bill looks side to side, starts moving toward Borbo. Suddenly, he turns around, his eyebrows high. "What if there's an ambush behind the other falls!!?" He looks worried a moment, then says, "Oh well, let's watch our backs, too..." He turns back around and heads Borbo-ward.
BorBorBorBor BO Wednesday April 7th, 1999 4:55:59 PM
Borbo perceives seomething (11). He also ineffectively attempts to hide in the shadows (90). He does a somewhat better job of being silent (47), but he isn't flawless. He also keeps on eye out for traps. He feels he does a fantastic job (3).
DM Thursday April 8th, 1999 5:59:59 AM
Borbo comes to the end of the curve and arrives on the first level. He approaches the majestically horrible pillared room with the statues that run down each side. Each statue of a person in the throes of death with each more horrible than the last. The most horrible are the ones closest to Borbo now that the party is on the way back out. Borbo notices a shadow moving across the ceiling reflected from somewhere below. As he attempts to hide, he hears a tenor voice say "Shh..they're coming." Then a lower baritone voice whispers, "Shut-up you stupid !@#$% or I'll kill you myself. Go tell the mages the prey is here. Quick or we'll be the ones ambushed." The rest of the party begins the curve and ascent up to the first level.
Bill T Thursday April 8th, 1999 10:02:59 AM
To those closest to him, Bill says, "I have a way of moving through the shadows. I'm going to join my cousin in scouting, so you might not see me for a few minutes." He scampers ahead on quiet feet, watchfully rounds the corner, and disappears into the shadows.
Branze Thursday April 8th, 1999 4:28:59 PM
Waits for words from there scouts as to what lies ahead.
Borbo Thursday April 8th, 1999 4:34:59 PM
Borbo attempts to creep back down to the party to tell them what he's learned. He misses both move silent and hide in shadows, but only barely (31,33-needed 25,30).
Draax Thursday April 8th, 1999 6:45:59 PM
Tries to stay alert while waiting for the scouting report.
Sedar Friday April 9th, 1999 4:54:59 AM
..sighing with a little releif that the big boys (Mages) weren't waiting in ambush, at least by Bill's account of things. Sedar slowly begins to follow Bill (after giving hiim a few moments to get a head start). The 1/2 elf moves silently after the little fellow ( rolled 34, needed 45 or less).
K'isst Saturday April 10th, 1999 5:29:59 AM
K'isst follows helping Rond protect the body of Mengor till they can destroy it. She grins ruefully at the irony in that statement.
DM Saturday April 10th, 1999 5:50:59 AM
Bill sees Borbo sneaking noisily back to the party with an intent message on his face. Borbo, of course, does not see Bill. Borbo finds the party about halfway around the curve.
Borbo Saturday April 10th, 1999 5:50:59 PM
Borbo gathers everyone around and whispers, "They are hiding out in the statue room. They heard me on the stairs so maybe we shouldn't rush right up there. K'isst you know this place better than the rest of us. How can we best suprise them up there?"
Bill T Sunday April 11th, 1999 8:04:59 AM
[Says nothing, not being with the group at the moment.]
Draax Sunday April 11th, 1999 9:17:59 AM
Listens to Borbo and then waits to hear K'isst's answer.
Sedar Sunday April 11th, 1999 8:56:59 PM
seeing Borbo returning down the corridor the 1/2 elf quickly returns to listen to what he fdiscovered up ahead.
Rond Sunday April 11th, 1999 10:35:59 PM
Rond whispers "we may have no choice but to walk right in. The only other thing I can think of would be to form a ring with the hopes of hiding Bill and Borbo in the ring"
Branze Bones Monday April 12th, 1999 5:12:59 AM
"Lets kill them before the mages get there, then set a trap for when they return." he says solemnly
K'isst Monday April 12th, 1999 5:26:59 AM
I agree. The ground is theirs. It matters not how ready they are, they will be more ready each moment we wait. I say go now. Push through killing when we can, but not halting or giving them a chance to set up a line of defense. When we see fighters, act together. When we see mages, we scatter but hit them first.
Sedar Monday April 12th, 1999 6:15:59 AM
"Sounds like a good plan, at least one that I am willing to go along with ... I say we send some of us quieter types in just ahead to hopefully aleast get one step advantage on them" the Mage chimes in. Eyes intent on how the others react.
Borbo Monday April 12th, 1999 7:02:59 AM
Borbo draws his sword and says, "Let's go."
Draax Monday April 12th, 1999 8:54:59 AM
Thinks back on the image of the dead trogs being dumped down the stairs, says to K'isst "Lady I like your style, killing them all sounds good to me. If borbo is correct and they heard him on the stairs, we can't take a chance on them sending for help. I agreed with you all, lets hit them now" Readies his bow and says with a smile. "OK, I am as ready as I am going to be, lets go kill some bad guys"
Sedar Tuesday April 13th, 1999 4:12:59 AM
"Right, Lets get going Borbo ..... Its time" as he begins down the corridor (rolled 24, needed 45, for move silently) not trying to hide but deadly quiet. Grey cloak thrown back to make sure there is no hidderance to his arms, hands. ~thinking of maybe a spell to get the first group,...maybe sleep will work...hmmmm~
Branze Bones Tuesday April 13th, 1999 6:28:59 AM
"Domi Bless this battle." ((casts bless)) and moves foward to engage the enemy.
K'isst Tuesday April 13th, 1999 6:57:59 AM
"Pass these out. Don't gag when you drink them. The Shaman thinks they work better if they taste bad." She passes out a healing potion to everyone and keeps two for herself. As the group steps forward, she develops a feral grin that is irristable.
Tuesday April 13th, 1999 6:59:59 AM
Borbo and Bill reach the edge of the room with the dying statues. All is silent this time.
Rond Tuesday April 13th, 1999 8:29:59 AM
Rond will proceed down the corridor, going slow enough to let everyone move with him.
Draax Tuesday April 13th, 1999 10:01:59 AM
Gives the silent ones a good lead before following after.
Bill T Tuesday April 13th, 1999 8:06:59 PM
Explores ahead in the shadowlands...
DM Wednesday April 14th, 1999 5:20:59 AM
Waiting for the rest of you...:)
Branze Bones Wednesday April 14th, 1999 6:12:59 AM
Still moving down the corridor.
Sedar the Quiet Wednesday April 14th, 1999 6:34:59 AM
Approaching the entrance at the end of the corridor with stealthy (practiced) ease. Anticipation of what is about to begin, alerting all his senses. ..... ~when ? hmmm~
Borbo Wednesday April 14th, 1999 4:05:59 PM
Borbo waits for everyone to get in place and readies his darts. Hoping the first one in isn't the first one to die, he screams out, "We're in position." Then he rushes into the room prepared to launch darts at the first bad guy he sees. (assuming he sees someone he rolls 10(ac7,dmg2), 18(ac-1,dmg3), and 8(ac9,dmg3))
DM Thursday April 15th, 1999 6:21:59 AM
Borbo goes rushing in with everyone else at the opening to the room. Borbo sees nothing as he advances into the room some 30'
Rond Friday April 16th, 1999 4:39:59 AM
Rond will keep working to advance as a group.
Sedar Friday April 16th, 1999 6:04:59 AM
mumble softly under his breath "what kind of person goes screaming into a trap" as he sees Borbo take off into the room "death wish of some sort ... hope it's not contagious" as he queitly begins to move along the wall as he progresses into the room. Keeping aware of what the rest who follow do. "continues to mutter "Wardd what this time ......."
DM Friday April 16th, 1999 8:35:59 PM
As you pass through this room, you see the statues lined up on either side of you every few feet, each one a grizzly sculpture of a being in the throes of death. As you progress through the room each is less intense than the one before due to your coming through the room on the way out. Suddenly from behind the last four statues, the last two on each side, 4 Guardians of The Sons of Dread jump out to accost you. They rush to attack maneuvering to block your progress. (Their AC is 6.)
DM Friday April 16th, 1999 9:02:59 PM
(The Guardians of The Sons of Dread get first initiative.) They charge to attack with their short swords closing and getting #2 to their attacks. #1 passes Borbo on the left and attacks Branze rolling a 2(4) missing him. #2 also passes Borbo on the right attacking Draax rolling a 16(18) hitting for 5 points of damage. #3 and #4 attack Borbo rolling a 12(14) and a 12(14) missing twice. #4 says with a lisp, "Give uss the bbody ands we'll lets ya livesss."
Friday April 16th, 1999 9:03:00 PM
(It is now party initiative.)
Sedar the Very Quiet Saturday April 17th, 1999 4:13:59 AM
With studied silence (rolled 6, needed 45), the Mage moves forward through the shadows (rolled 56, needed 40) alert for other threats. ~only 4 of the dread to attack this group ... either to wear us down or make us commit everthing ... what think you Wardd..? ... I think I'll just keep moving to the end of the hall~ *** (looking for any hidden mages in the other end, will try a back stab if it presents it self well, otherwise a charm spell on a single person, sleep on more than one, if the possibility occurs)
Triple B Saturday April 17th, 1999 8:34:59 AM
"So the cowards decide to fight." he spits as he easily blocks the first short sword attempt on his shield. Paint chips fly off the worn metal of his shield with the symbol of Domi on the front. He quickly returns a strike with his long sword as his shield thrust drove the mans defense up. His sword penetrates the boiled leather jerkin the man wears. Inflicting a wound to his mid section((5 points)). "Domi, has bless are mission and the Wold counts on us, while you all fight for gold. Who do you think has the purpose of rightful justice?" ask the warrior priest as he continues to dance with blades.
Draax Saturday April 17th, 1999 1:14:59 PM
Turns to Son #2 and returns the favor with his longsword (rolls 9(13))(8 dmg (5+3)). Enjoys the look of shock on #2's face as his longsword sinks into the thugs gut. speaks to thug as he removes the longsword from the man's belly. "If you think that was something, you should see me when I get mad"
Rond Saturday April 17th, 1999 7:44:59 PM
"Borbo, fall back in between Branze and Draax. Branze and Drax,give enough room for Borbo to get between. K'sst we should assist, but not engage. If anyone needs healing, or a breather, call out, K'sst or I will step up"
Borbo Saturday April 17th, 1999 11:37:59 PM
Borbo attacks #3 with his sword. He attempts to hit his opponent's sword arm (called shot -4). The blade hits (18,1dmg).
K'isst Monday April 19th, 1999 6:00:59 AM
Speaking but not looking at Rond, K'isst says, "Who made you general! Are you going to sit there and tell everyone what to do or kick some Dread Butt!" K'isst steps around Draax and #2 attacking #4. "Hey big boy, try me on for size!" She swings hitting him rolling a 16 doing 7 points of damage to The Dread opponent.
DM Monday April 19th, 1999 6:01:59 AM
(Party results for Round 1) [Sean, Boomba66 is not a current account. Please send a current one for email purposes. Also please remember to post your attack rolls.] #1 groans with the hit from Branze and looks at him with newfound respect as he wets his pants. #2 just stares dumbfounded at Draax as the life goes out of his eyes. He collapses hugging Draax's leg as he dies. Borbo disarms #3 slinging his sword at the nearest statue on his right. The sword buries itself in the statue's heart sticking there for all eternity. #3 falls to his knees in surrender begging for mercy. Sedar arrives at the end of the chamber behind the statues and finds no other opponents.
DM Monday April 19th, 1999 6:04:59 AM
(The Dread has initiative) #1 begs for mercy. #2 is dead. #3 begs for mercy and surrenders. #4 breaks from K'isst and Borbo and runs.
DM Monday April 19th, 1999 6:05:00 AM
(It is now party initiative.)
Branze Bones Monday April 19th, 1999 7:09:59 AM
"Run, run away now and never come back, if you want mercy. Before you go where are the mages?" he says careful as he is ready for a dishonorable tactic.
Sedar of the Shadows Monday April 19th, 1999 7:13:59 AM
Moving to the entrance/exit he turns and sees that the band has things well in hand ~These dread fellows never had a chance, ..fools they were..~ The 1/ elf shuffles his feet slightly as he was destracted by the begging dread(ms rolled 61, needed 45) ,but peaks through unseen in the shadows (rolled 6, needed 40) to see what is on the other side.
Draax Monday April 19th, 1999 10:37:59 AM
Kicks the dead body away from his feet, looks in disgust at these so-called fanatics that surrender as soon as things don't go their way. Waits to see if anyone else jumps out from hiding, he also half listens for an answer about the mages from the thug that surrendered to Brother Bones.
Borbo Monday April 19th, 1999 5:17:59 PM
Borbo attempts to stop the fleeing Dread, and he hurls a dart at the coward. The halfling intended to hit #4 in the leg preventing him from running, but he misses (3), and the dart sails through the darkness eventually striking a wall with a dull thud. Then he says, "Let's tie these fellows up." With an afterthought he looks at Branze, "No exectutions this time. They'll not be waiting for us on a return trip, so we are at liberty to spare their lives."
K'isst Tuesday April 20th, 1999 7:20:59 AM
K'isst holds her next stroke with difficulty taking out her frustration on the nearest statue. "Would they show us mercy if the positions were reversed? I think not!"
DM Tuesday April 20th, 1999 7:23:59 AM
#1 says, "Oh, thank you master halfling sir." #3 says, "No, please kill us. The m-mages....they will....kill our families for our failure. My comrade thinks to race home and run with his family, but they have magic to find them. Please, just go ahead and kill us. Be merciful."
Draax Tuesday April 20th, 1999 10:09:59 AM
Draax's look of disgust turns into to a look of total confusion. Turns to #3 "Why would you surrender and then ask us to kill you? One minute you're begging for mercy and the next your begging to die. If you would have kept fighting I would have been more than happy to kill you, actually I was looking forward to it. So just tell us where the mages are or how we can find them while your fate is still in question" Gives both thugs a hard look and then turns away and coughs in his hand to hide his smile.
Rond Tuesday April 20th, 1999 1:21:59 PM
"are there any further ambushes?" asking the group "should we use them as point men?"
Branze Bones Tuesday April 20th, 1999 5:23:59 PM
"Run to your families, i will take care of the mages." he says turning to the party. "Get out of here, take the body and burn it. I will make sure the mages dont make it to the surface before you can burn the body. All of you go." he says as he moves to the tunnel the mages will come down laying in wait.
Borbo Tuesday April 20th, 1999 10:46:59 PM
"Don't be such a pompous blowhard, Branze. We need to stay together. As I recall, getting this body to the surface and destroying it is our primary goal and will end the Dread mages' power... without your sacrifice." Borbo really start to get going with his speech, "I suggest that you 3 here join us, and help us get to the surface like Bill here is doing. This will destroy the mages' power and save your families. Of course should you betray us to your mage masters, you'll be the first to die. But we offer you the chance to save your families and end the tyrany of the Dread Lords! Unite with us. We may not have the payroll the Dread Lords have, but by destorying them, Windhorn Hamlet will be a more prosperous village. Plus you will be heroes. Think how your children and parents will praise you then. Certainly you'd even be able to find honest work as all your past transgressions are forgotten as you are honored by the community. So what do you say? Are you ready to stand up to these mages and destroy their power of your lives? Over your families? Over the good people of Windhorn Hamlet? Are you ready to do good for goodness sake? Are you with us?" Borbo ends on a triumphant note and stares at the defeated thugs with fiery eyes.
DM Wednesday April 21st, 1999 7:09:59 AM
Both of them turn very white with fear when confronted with giving information about the mages. However, Borbo's speech begins to sway them. #1 says, "If we have to die, I choose to day killing one of those mages." #3 just gulps and sits there. #1 pulls #3 up to his feet and says, "This is our only chance. We die with these.....heroes." He bows before the party and then straightens. I am Vogel. He is Sandow. Bill, we meet again."
K'isst Wednesday April 21st, 1999 7:11:59 AM
K'isst pushes through to #1 and puts her sword to his throat. "Answer truthfully. Did you kill my kin, the Trogolodytes, down by the waterfall?"
Vogel Wednesday April 21st, 1999 7:13:59 AM
Vogel gulps. "U-u-under duration yes. They told us to do it. But then, we agreed to work for them. They said you guys were going to destroy the town with this body. We didn't really believe them, but didn't know....we didn't know....." He bows his head and then looks at K'isst. "Kill me. I deserve to die."
K'isst Wednesday April 21st, 1999 7:15:59 AM
K'isst draws back her sword to slay him. She swings. She stops her blow just short of the artery in the neck drawing a slice of red across his neck, but not severing the artery. She fights for control and then through tears screams, "Live with it! Never forget what you've done!" She tears herself away and takes a step or two back into the hallway and weeps openly.
Sedar Wednesday April 21st, 1999 7:21:59 AM
Hearing that things are well in hand with those follows of the dread. The Mage waits in the dark shadows at the entrance / exit, for his fellow band members to catch up.
Borbo Wednesday April 21st, 1999 5:26:59 PM
Borbo holds his sword aloft and cries, "Let us waste no more time. Let us destroy these mages now!" He heads out of the room.
Branze Bones Wednesday April 21st, 1999 6:31:59 PM
Awaits the mages laying in ambush.
Draax Wednesday April 21st, 1999 6:32:59 PM
Draax keeps an eye on the thugs as the party continues forward.
K'isst Thursday April 22nd, 1999 5:59:59 AM
"Sir Branze, come on! We finish this together!" She strides beside Borbo out of the room.
Branze Bones Thursday April 22nd, 1999 6:02:59 AM
"K'sst i mean to buy you time to destroy the body. Get it out side i wont let the mages get through easy or unscathed. If i dont make it back tell the temple i died with honor, as a soldier should. Leave now save the Wold, you may be one of the last of your unique people so leave now." says Branze determined to buy the party the time he feals will be needed to get Mengors body burned.
DM Thursday April 22nd, 1999 6:03:00 AM
Borbo and K'isst lead the group with Draax following. The three of them go 60' down the 20' wide passage that continues south past the room to where it turns west. There they hear and see the sounds of combat! Bill stands facing the Dread Thug that ran. Combat between them begins just as the party rounds the corner. Borbo and K'isst are 50' from the pair of combatants. Bill and the party has first initiative. AC6.
Bill Troublefinder Thursday April 22nd, 1999 6:44:59 AM
"Kadris, right?" Bill asks Thug #4 as he slashes at him with his sword (11). 'Kadris' jumps back, avoiding the sharp edge. Bill follows up with a jab of his dagger (7), but his timing is off. "As I said, surrender, or lose."
Borbo Thursday April 22nd, 1999 7:52:59 AM
Liking the part of speech maker Borbo blurts out, "KADRIS! Your friends have joined our cause. We will destroy these Dread mages and end their control over you and your family. WE will FREE our beloved Windhorn Hamlet from their treacherous evil. Put aside your fear and your hatred and join a cause that is greater than any one of us. Make this a place that your family will be proud of. Make your family proud of YOU. Choose the hero's path. Become the honest man that you wish to be. When you save our village, they will no doubt forgive any past wrongdoings, and you'll feel the pride of a community's love, and certainly your name will live on in LEGEND as one of those who defeated the Dread. So, I ask, What say you Kadris? Will you join us? Will you do the right thing and help us destroy these Sons of Dread?"
Draax Thursday April 22nd, 1999 8:35:59 AM
Draax switches to his bow and takes careful aim at Kadris (call-shot if forced to fire) to ensure that he does not hit Bill. He calls out to Kadris "You heard my friends, join the winning side or die here and now. You have a count of 1 to decide."
Sedar Friday April 23rd, 1999 4:59:59 AM
Steps out of the shadows and joins the group.
Kadris Friday April 23rd, 1999 9:37:59 AM
Kadris says, "Curse you all!" He then breaks and runs down the hallway. (Bill or Draax roll odd to attack him before he gets away.)
Bill Troublefinder Friday April 23rd, 1999 11:42:59 AM
As Kadris sprints past Bill, the latter misses again with the short sword (6). Pivoting, his left arm pulls back, dagger balanced in the halfling's palm. He points his tongue toward the fleeing Dreadling, and lets fly the dagger. The thug's dodging brings him right in line with the hurled blade, as it sinks tip-first above his right kidney (20+17, damage 3+2). Bill pursues, preparing his darts, shifting the sword into his left hand for the moment.
Draax Friday April 23rd, 1999 2:18:59 PM
Draax sees Kadris trying to run for it and take careful aim to avoid hitting Bill, but could not get a clear shot (roll 2)and sends the arrow flying into the darkness. As Kadris moves away from Bill, the thug slows as Bill's dagger hits its mark, giving Draax a clear shot at his back, which Draax takes advantage of and puts an arrow in the center of the thug's back (roll 19 (8 damage)). Always a half-elf of his word Draax finishes his counting "1".
Bill Troublefinder Saturday April 24th, 1999 10:35:59 AM
Over his shoulder to the party, Bill says, "The mages are two minutes ahead of us. Five of them, and five fighters. They blocked off all but one of the passages out of the next room. Hurry!" Bill continues his pursuit of Kadris & the rest of the Sons of Dread. If Kadris falls, Bill will try to retrieve his dagger on the way by.
Borbo Saturday April 24th, 1999 10:16:59 PM
Borbo moves out after Bill.
Branze Sunday April 25th, 1999 7:08:59 AM
((is ready to sacrifice self to let others pass)) look silently about as he prepares for his fate.
Rond Sunday April 25th, 1999 10:03:59 PM
Rond will begin to move forward.
Draax Monday April 26th, 1999 5:49:59 AM
Scanning the area for more surprises, Draax continues forward with the others.
DM Monday April 26th, 1999 8:48:59 AM
Kadris falls to Bills and Draax's attacks. He rasps a curse once and then expires. The party rushes forward at Bill's words into the octagonal room with the eight closed off passages. The statue in the center has been decimated. The exit to the north has been collapsed totally. The stone door to the NW has been penetrated by something powerful. It is split in the middle and blackened along the edges. A putrid smell comes from beyond that forced opening. As the last of the party enters the octagonal room, a stone slab like the others drops behind the party cutting off all retreat. There is only one way to go. Through the broken slab to the NW and into the putrid smell.
K'isst Monday April 26th, 1999 8:53:59 AM
"They've cut off our exit and they're forcing us in that direction. The gall of them. That's the way into the trog temple of old. It looks like we're going to have to clean out this temple now rather than later. Come. Our opponents await. She strides forward to the broken stone slab that served as a barrier into this area and peers through it. "It's dark. Smells of death." She covers her face with her hood wrapping it around her mouth. "Putrid."
Bill T Monday April 26th, 1999 11:49:59 AM
"Vogel, you're alive! Are you with us now?" Bill next sees the other man. "Sandow. Are you with us? Or do you still plan to kill me? You know the Sons of Dread have been lying to you. You heard what Borbo said, right? So, are you with us?"
Sandow Monday April 26th, 1999 12:02:59 PM
Feeling nervous and unsure about going against the mages, but is determined to see it through to the end, whatever the outcome. "I agree to help you destroy the mages to achieve your goal and end the threat to my family, but my weapon was lost burying itself into the statue. If I am to fight for the good cause, I would feel better if I had a weapon in my hand." Turns to his new comrades in arms with a pleading look on his face.
Bill T Monday April 26th, 1999 12:36:59 PM
"All right, Sandow, you're with us. Kadris won't be using his weapon any more. There was another fighter back there with you I don't see. If you can use one or more of theirs, do so. If not," and Bill holds out one of his two short swords, "this is available, I suppose." Bill retrieves his knife from Kadris, wipes it off, and follows K'isst.
Vogel Monday April 26th, 1999 4:41:59 PM
Looking scared to death, Vogel tightly grips his sword, "I'm with you too, Bill... and friends." Then mumbling under his breath, he mutters, "gods, we're going to get killed"
Borbo Monday April 26th, 1999 4:44:59 PM
Borbo, "Well here goes nothing. Let's see if that plan will work any better this time. I confess it didn't work so well last time, but I think the big charge is a good plan. Of course suprise is better, but I don't think that we can do that any more, so charging will probably be best." He ties a cloth so that it covers his mouth and nose and then charges into the room. He has his darts in hand and is ready to disrupt some spells.
Draax Monday April 26th, 1999 6:09:59 PM
Ties a cloth over his nose and mouth to lessen the smell and continues forward with the others.
Branze Monday April 26th, 1999 6:41:59 PM
Rips off a piece of cloth and opens his water skin he drenches the cloth. He then takes the wet strip wrapping it around his mouth and nose. "We should make preperations to deal with the stench." he says as he regrasps his long sword and takes up his shield.
Bill T Monday April 26th, 1999 7:09:59 PM
"Welcome, Vogel. We'll make it, I think." Smiling for a moment, Bill says, "If I still had my fish, I could ward off the smell."
Rond Tuesday April 27th, 1999 6:36:59 AM
Rond will prepare to enter the temple.
Fishy Foo Tuesday April 27th, 1999 7:10:59 AM
By some sort of magic, a fish appears in Bill's hand. It is the same one. It still has dart holes in it although they are healing. It might be smiling. Who can tell with a fish.
DM Tuesday April 27th, 1999 7:14:59 AM
The party approaches the hole and steps through. The hallway continues NW for another 80' lit by torches. Their light is diminished by the burning of some kind of awful incense every 10' or so. At the 80' mark, the hallway turns north. Low chanting can be heard. Another stone slab has been broken 10' beyond the corner where the hallway turns north.
Sedar Tuesday April 27th, 1999 7:19:59 AM
The 1/2 elf mage readies himself to enter the temple and meet the mages. "Triple B .. I think you have the Honors here ... shall we enter ..."
Sandow Tuesday April 27th, 1999 1:31:59 PM
Sandow take the short swords from Bill, but it does nothing for his confidence. "Thanks Bill" Turns to the others members and begins to talk in a low voice. "Beware, I heard that the mages uses deadly assassins as personal bodyguards. I have never seen them, but when I was being recruited, a couple of the recruits decided that they did not want to join and began to leave, but they died with their throats cut before they could take two steps. None of the other recruits saw the assassins strike and the guys were stand right next to us." Sandow eyes roam everywhere as he talks, looking nervous, and he begins to sweat.
Draax Tuesday April 27th, 1999 2:20:59 PM
Draax continues to move forward ready to engage the mages.
Borbo Tuesday April 27th, 1999 5:12:59 PM
After charging into the empty hall, Borbo feels a little foolish. As he walks toward the other end, he thinks about trying to extinguish all the burning incense, but he can't reach it and doesn't want to ask for help. So he moves up to the entrance, and waits for Branze or whoever else wishes to enter.
Branze Tuesday April 27th, 1999 5:27:59 PM
"Yes it is time to enter." he says stepping through. "Watch my back for any assiasans, ill try to stop the mages from casting. My advice is to get as close as the mages as possiable and all in difernt directions so they cant hit us with any area type spells with out hurting them selves. Make sure we try and hit the mages before they cast and spells. Sandow, Vogel, you need to be brave when we face these trecherous people. We need to have someone get the body out no matter what happens thou. K'sst as you may be th last of your people you must leave with the body and see it burnt. You can then keep the memory of your people alive at least. No sense for you to fall. Ok, lets go win this battle for the Wold and are families." says the warrior priest in a serious tone.
Bill T Tuesday April 27th, 1999 8:10:59 PM
Bill, blinking at the fish, looks upward. "Thanks." He kisses the rainbow trout on the forehead. To Sandow, he says, "You're welcome. Hey - not both swords. Just one." He retrieves one of his two short swords from Sandow. He whispers, using exaggerated facial features to emphasize he's kidding, "Trying to disarm, me, eh?" Thinking for a moment ... hmmm ... fish, darts, sword ... Bill grabs a bag from his knapsack, puts the fish inside, and ties it to his belt. Sword in left, darts in right hand. When Branze Bones indicates it is time to enter, Bill nods, steps forward.
K'isst Tuesday April 27th, 1999 8:32:59 PM
K'isst looks at Branze. "I know you are trying to save me, in your own befuddled way." She kisses him on the cheek. Then looks forward and says in a low voice. "But I will honor the memory of my people by bringing death to those who have turned them into a memory." Her face flushes red, with a hint of green highlights.
Rond Wednesday April 28th, 1999 4:17:59 AM
"I might suggest two groups, those that can close in a hurry, and those that cannot, so that in case there is an ambush waiting. Otherwise I'm ready to head in."
Sedar the Ready Wednesday April 28th, 1999 5:45:59 AM
"Just remember that I do have a sleeping spell availble Branze, ... it would be nice to hit them with an area spell first." Moves to the front of the group as it begins its way forward.
DM Wednesday April 28th, 1999 8:02:59 AM
Branze steps through the doorway. He sees an old dusty temple, with a huge statue of Donyra at the other end. It is not dusty and with Branze's entrance begins to glow slightly green. There is a balcony to the rear and behind the entrance which also extends to the sides overlooking the floor from behind and on each side. Strangely there are no pews or seats on the floor level. All are up above in the balcony. A stone circular staircase leads to the balcony to Branze's right and left. The one on the left has some steps missing crumbled to dust years ago. The incense doesn't seem to belong in the underwater motif of this temple. It smells of must and old furniture." Branze sees no opponents as he steps through the broken slab of stone that functions as a door, nor does he see any way out.
Sandow Wednesday April 28th, 1999 10:20:59 AM
Sandow looks around nervously, he drags his feet prolonging the time when he will have to go against the mages.
Bill Troublefinder Wednesday April 28th, 1999 10:37:59 AM
"Hmm ... what follows should please Donyra," mumbles Bill. He moves toward the stone circular staircase on the right, looking up and around for signs of the Sons, and straining his ears for sounds or signs of breathing.
Draax Wednesday April 28th, 1999 10:38:59 AM
Moves up next to Sedar, ready to shield the mage if needed, to give him enough time to cast his spell(s). Takes in the view of the old temple, looking for places where their host could be hiding and wondering about what nice surprises the Sons have in store for them.
Rond Wednesday April 28th, 1999 4:48:59 PM
Looking at K'isst and saying in a low voice, "Any thoughts as to where to go?"
Borbo Wednesday April 28th, 1999 5:03:59 PM
Borbo moves in and quickly moves to the right side of the room so that he isn't part of the big target standing in the doorway. He fingers his darts as he waits to kill some bad guys.
Branze Wednesday April 28th, 1999 6:59:59 PM
Walks to the left to inspect the stairs. "Spread out and be ready for these invisable killers we heard about." says Branze with a whispered tone.
K'isst Wednesday April 28th, 1999 7:37:59 PM
"Rond, let's go there," she says, pointing to the left. Sword in hand, K'isst moves to the stairs, begins to ascend.
Bill T Wednesday April 28th, 1999 7:39:59 PM
Bill ascends the circular staircase on the right, sword before him, dart hand cocked, eyes and ears open.
Rond Thursday April 29th, 1999 2:48:59 PM
Rond will move towards the steps with K'isst, and begin his ascent.
Borbo Thursday April 29th, 1999 5:29:59 PM
Borbo decides to be last up the stairs and waits for everyone else.
Sandow Thursday April 29th, 1999 6:10:59 PM
Slowly moves to the stairs on the right and nervously looks around as he begins going up.
DM Thursday April 29th, 1999 6:40:59 PM
As the party moves into the temple and begins to advance and separate, the expected attack begins. A Box falls from somewhere hitting the ground in the center of the room and breaking into a million pieces. They rise to hover a few feet off of the ground and separating from each other and where the box hit, are 8 darts that look very similar to the ones back in the tomb that attacked Bill's fish. Their tipe are covered with a slimy green coating. The darts rise slowly darting a few inches here and there as if searching and looking around. They hum.
Bill T Thursday April 29th, 1999 7:42:59 PM
Bill tosses the bag holding his favorite fish in an arc into the center of the room.
Sedar Friday April 30th, 1999 4:25:59 AM
The 1/2 elf freezes motionless, thinking the darts were after movement, hoping he's right. If wrong he will take a defensive measures by trying to tumble out of the way.
Branze Friday April 30th, 1999 8:39:59 AM
Stays still near stairs waiting to see if darts go after the fish.
Borbo Friday April 30th, 1999 6:59:59 PM
Borbo flattens up to the wall to the right of the entrance where he was waiting. He tries not to focus on the darts and the box, instead looking above and below for the assailants themselves.
DM Friday April 30th, 1999 8:36:59 PM
The darts swim furiously as if jockeying for position to strike at the bag and what is within it. They all strike the fish. The bag is destroyed with all the impacts on the fish. The fish does a triple flip in the air pausing at the apex to silently purse it's mouth making what might have been an "Ow" shaped configuration, or perhaps the wind resistance reacted just so. A muffled "Damn" comes from somewhere unspecified. Then one voice followed by others in various locations around the room begin to chant spells, "Uno quolorum magicus projectilus propellus impactus sum."
Branze Bones Saturday May 1st, 1999 3:26:59 AM
"Before they finish there spells kill them." he says as he charges to one of the voices his faithful longsword clearing its scabbard with the soft hiss of steal scraping along its brass hilt stopper. "Now Dread men you face the will of Domi, time to die."
Sandow Saturday May 1st, 1999 3:28:59 AM
"Oh no there here." he panicks for a second, then gathers the nerve to draw his short sword and charge after Branze to watch his back. "For emily." he says softly under his breath.
Sedar the Quick Saturday May 1st, 1999 3:36:59 AM
Like Lightning striking, the 1/2 elf Mage draws his weapons and rushes for the shadows. (different direction than Treiple B) Unable to identify who the targets are, for proper spell use. "Wardd be with us... vengence against the Brothers of Dread... " He yells
K'isst Saturday May 1st, 1999 9:12:59 AM
Sensing a voice left of the green glowing statue of Donyra, K'isst runs forward, angling to the right of the statue, then cutting back with a pivot to the left side where she heard the voice. "Donyra aid us against these defilers!" she says. She swings her weapon in a broad stroke, hitting AC 1 (16) for 8 points of damage.
Bill T Saturday May 1st, 1999 10:05:59 AM
Bill completes his ascent of the stairs up to the balcony area, having kept his short sword busy clearing the air before him (in case there are wires placed high or low, or invisible people before him). At the top, if he perceives an opponent, he will let fly with his darts, parry, if necessary, with his sword. [THAC0 18: Rolled 19(AC-1),12(6),1(X-lose 4th dart attack), Dam d3:1,2] [DM- please fill me in on distance traveled, how much of actions would apply :-)] If no opponents perceived, will move forward on balcony. [dimensions, width, breadth of balcony, curtains? doors? people? railing? chairs? benches? tables? mannekins? got a map?]
Draax Saturday May 1st, 1999 8:27:59 PM
Noticing everyone charging off in different directions, Draax pulls his bow and tries to cover everyone's advances. He will wait until someone shows themselves, so that he can get off a couple of shots before joining the fray.
Sandow Saturday May 1st, 1999 8:54:59 PM
Sandow remembers that the fanatic mages considers death in the service of their cause as a reward. He looks at his short sword and wishes that he would have asked Bill for some throwing daggers or darts. He says a prayer to any god that might be listening. "If I am to die here, at least let it be with a Son of Dread on the other end of my short sword" Sandow dismisses the fears of the mages that were beginning to overwhelm him. He moves forward with move confidence in his steps.
Borbo Saturday May 1st, 1999 11:42:59 PM
Hoping to coat his own blade with some of the poison, Borbo runs and sticks his sword into the dead fish. Then he swings his blade in such a manner as to throw the fish in a wide vertical arc so that it lands in one of the shadowy corners in hopes that it might hit a hidden mage..
Rond Sunday May 2nd, 1999 9:38:59 AM
Rond will stay with K'isst, and defend her back, this round (assuming someone will be jumping out).
Vogel Sunday May 2nd, 1999 8:56:59 PM
Vogel pulls out his sword and stands in the doorway waiting for opportunity to knock.
DM Monday May 3rd, 1999 5:02:59 AM
(Results of party actions) K'isst performs her maneuver hitting empty air as she realizes that all the voices chanting together is very effective in masking the location of any one voice. She strikes air. Bill also searches the room trying to locate one of the casting mages. The voices echo around the accoustically live room sounding for one moment like they come from one place and then another. Borbo wipes his sword into the fish like a knife putting mayonaise on a sandwich. His sword becomes lacquered with green. The fish unbelievably hits something not seen and then falls to the ground.
DM Monday May 3rd, 1999 5:29:59 AM
(Opponent's actions Round 1--Combat begins now.) Simultaneously, four mages appear in various locations around the temple as their spells come off. Magic Missiles fly through the room unairingly toward their desiganted opponents. The first two flies at Bill striking him in the back for 4 and 2 points of damage each. The #1 mage responsible blinks into view directly behind Bill four rows up. The second two fly at Sandow for a deadly total of 9 points of damage. "Billy Boy, you will rue the day you set yourself against The Sons of Dread." The #2 mage who attacked him appears at the top of the stairs directly in front of him grinning like a cheshire cat. The third two fly at Vogel for 4 and 3 costly points of damage each. Mage #3 winks into existance directly above him at the edge of the rear balcony. The final two fly at K'isst also for 4 and 3 points of explosive magical damage. Mage #4 appears in the far upper left corner of the balcony. He cries out in evil joy saying, "Surrender now Trog Girlie and you and your Girlie friends get a quick painful death! Speak your surrender now!"
DM Monday May 3rd, 1999 5:30:59 AM
(It is now party initiative. The Mages AC is 7.)
Branze Bones Monday May 3rd, 1999 6:54:59 AM
Silently as the missles streak to there oppentants the warrior priest sees the mages materilize. Before there magic even hits it targets Branze is taking steps two at a time with long strides of trained legs.His shield up ready to meet any men trained to protect the mages. Seeing none he plows right into a mage with his shield as he finishes screaming surrendor. He doesnt use his sword instead his large metal shield is thrown against the mans body. Branze throwing all of his weight behind it lifting himself off his feet. He strikes the mage full in the side trying to pin the man under the weight of his shield man and mail. ((19 to hit for 4 points of damage.))
Draax Monday May 3rd, 1999 7:52:59 AM
Hearing Vogel scream in pain, Draax quickly turn and fires his bow as he sees the mage behind Vogel. Not taking the time to aim, both arrows go flying down the hall to disappear into the darkness. Draax curses as he throws down his bow and pulls his long sword.
Bill T Monday May 3rd, 1999 10:04:59 AM
Using 'biofeedback' to somewhat ameliorate the damage (4-1+2-1=4 hp dam), Bill's first dart slides out of his hand to the ground (1). He can't get off his next dart (17). "Best thing I did," Bill starts out weakly, "was to get inside your foul organization, so as to learn how," he takes a breath, and builds in strength, "to take," and a dart hits (17) Mage #1 for 1 point damage, "it APART!" with his last dart serving as punctuation (16) for 3 points damage.
Borbo Monday May 3rd, 1999 4:48:59 PM
Borbo passes his sword to his off hand and hurls a sling stone at stupid mage #2. It hits solidly (20[9]) and causes the mage to yelp in pain (3pts). Then the little halfling runs toward the stairs.
Vogel Monday May 3rd, 1999 4:55:59 PM
Vogel screams out. "I was just luring them here to you! Don't hurt me any more." Then to prove his words, he attacks the one how just tried to help him, Draax. (18hitsAC1/5pts)
K'isst Tuesday May 4th, 1999 2:00:59 AM
"Up," the Trog Girlie whispers to Rond, points her long sword at the nearby stairs, skirts the table next to the balcony, ascends the stairs ready to face the miserable mage.
Sedar Tuesday May 4th, 1999 5:43:59 AM
streaking missile going overhead striking Sandow dead in his tracks the 1/2 elf reacts. A spell comes into being, from alluring gestures and archaic tongue (charm spell)(Mage #2) Becomes passive as a compulsion flows into his thoughts. Sedar speaks .. "do nothing ... just stand there idly my friend .. harm none of my companions." (gerry roll his save vs. spell I'll wait for the next round post to see what the result of Sedar spell is)
Sandow Tuesday May 4th, 1999 5:56:59 AM
"Watch outt.........." his words catch in his throat as the magical force blasts him from his feet. He hits the ground with a shallow thud, as his breathing slows to that of forced unconsciousness.
DM Tuesday May 4th, 1999 6:49:59 AM
(Party results) As Branze doesn't seem to be actually looking at where the mages are, he doesn't find any to attack. (See the map I sent. They are all in the balcony and you're on the floor.) Branze (in the spirit of good sportsmanship and cause I'm a nice guy) moves to climb the left stairs and reaches the top, looking at Mage #4 which is the closest. He moves in that direction but does not get there. (Draax notices that the mage behind Vogel is on the balcony and may choose to not drop his bow if he wants to. Sorry if that was confusing) Mage #2 tries to throw off the powers of Sedar but fails. His body relaxes and he begins to sway back and forth like a kid in church who can't wait for it to end.
DM Tuesday May 4th, 1999 7:07:59 AM
(Opponents Initiative- Round 2 begins) Mage #1 casts Grease creating a very slick greasy area all around Bill. (Bill please save vs. spell to be able to move out of the area, that is, is you want to leave the greased area.) "Foolish halfling. You're no match for a mage. "Mage #2 fidgets. Mage #3 casts Magic Missile once again on Vogel doing 3 and 2 points of damage respectively. Vogel falls to the ground, to not move again. "Turn once and you'll turn again," he mutters as he turns his attention on Draax. Mage #4 casts Blindness on K'isst. (K'isst, save vs. spell to avoid being blinded.) From somewhere near the fish, another couple of Magic Missiles appear hitting Rond for 5 and 3 points of damage respectively. A fifth mage appears standing over the fish.
DM Tuesday May 4th, 1999 7:08:00 AM
(It is party initiative for Round 2)
Sedar The Mage Tuesday May 4th, 1999 7:44:59 AM
Confident of his spells The 1/2 elf brings forth more power of the mystic. In seeing that Rond is hit by the dread mage's(#5) missile spell, he retaiates with his own. Thoughts drain from the new enemy as (sleep spell, rolled 3,3=6 for hit die effects) Sedar's powers focus upon him. (roll his save Jerry :) ) Steps up next to his charming new friend.
Draxx Tuesday May 4th, 1999 8:11:59 AM
The 1/2 elf fighter decides not to drop his bow at the last eye blink as he sees vogel turn on him, but sees the traitor fall from the mage's (#4) power. Two arrows leap from his bow, (23+1,7+1, the +1 is his dex bonus)(shaman's bonus already added), the 1st unerringly striking with perfection unmatched (4+3=7 pts dam, +3 from shaman bonus) the 2nd misses as the dread mage(#4) staggers from the horrific. blow. A gleam shines in his eye as the impact of the first arrow happens. "A new turn for you Dread mage .... death from my hand to your heart"
Bill T Tuesday May 4th, 1999 11:32:59 AM
Bill saves handily (18) and skates to his left where it's dry. As he steps up one step outside the grease, he asks, "Aren't you the mage who tried to seduce Sandow's girlfriend?" He throws a dart (11), just managing to hit for 1 hp damage. "You weren't very effective that time, either." He lets fly another dart which misses (6). He steps up to the third step, and two more fly (9;16). The last hit for 1, for a total of a big 2 hp damage this round. (Maintaining 'biofeedback')
Borbo Tuesday May 4th, 1999 5:03:59 PM
Borbo runs at Mage #5 and attacks with his poison-slicked sword. He slashes the mage across the chest (19,2pts) and hopes that the poison will drop him like a sack of... fish.
Rond Wednesday May 5th, 1999 3:18:59 AM
Rond returns the damage favor to mage 5 (after closing to him) for a total of 10 points (20+3 on first roll 6+3 on 2nd roll, if understand crits right). If the mage falls, will look for K'isst to see how she fared.
K'isst Wednesday May 5th, 1999 4:18:59 AM
As she charges up the balcony steps diagonally toward #4, the spell he cast takes effect (save 9+3=12), and her vision goes dark. K'isst slows her ascent so as not to fall, but uses her sense of smell to try to find the weasel who did this to her. She says nothing.
Branze Wednesday May 5th, 1999 6:54:59 AM
Now making his way to the top of the stairs and seeing the mage finish his spell, Branze launches an angry attack. Throwing his shield in front of him Branze slams the wizard broadside with the flat of his shield throwing his shoulder behind the thrust.((19 to hit 4 points damage.)) Hoping the blow knocks the wizard prone. If not he is ready with sword in hand to end the Dreads Life. "I think it is you who should surrendor." he says with spittle clearing his lips quivering in rage.
DM Wednesday May 5th, 1999 7:47:59 AM
Mage #5 with a look of consternation on his face as well as a whelp in the shape of a fish, slides to the ground unconscious from Sedar's spell. Seeing that Mage #5 is unconscious, Borbo and Rond, finish him off easily plunging their weapons into his heart. Branze's Shield Rush Maneuver (See Fighter's Handbook) knocks the mage over. Branze also teeters on the edge of his balance. (Branze roll a standard dex check to keep your feet as per that maneuver in the Fighter's Handbook.) K'isst hears a loud clutter ahead of her and slightly to the left. She also hears what Branze says in that same area.
DM Wednesday May 5th, 1999 8:25:59 AM
(Opponent's Initiative for Round 3) Mage #1 looks over the battle for a moment and then making up his mind, ignores Bill to cast Sleep to the east/northeast side of Borbo and Sedar so that they are in the area of effect, but Rond is not. Borbo falls to the ground asleep. Sedar fights the sleepiness. (roll your 30% resistance Sedar.) Mage #2 still stands there looking bored. Mage #3 casts Stinking Cloud down in the floor area centered North of Draax. (Draax, save vs. poison to not be noxious and be able to leave the cloud if you want to leave the cloud) Mage #4 tries to throw off Branze making a strength check of 14. He stays down. Mage #3 then moves to the right so he can see a few feet and yells, "Now! Do it Now!!!" Seemingly from nowhere, 5 Thugs appear surrounding Rond and the Body of Mengor that is strapped to his back. They jump him attempting to overbear him (+4 for 4 thugs beyond the first attacking) rolling a 23. Rond and Mengor disappear under a heaping pile of 5 Thugs. (To free himself, Rond must make a Strength check at -6 to throw off the attackers and escape them. (-5 for the five thugs, -1 for being strapped to Mengor) As the Thugs make contact with Rond and Mengor, blue lightning shoots through all of them encaseing the whole group in the electricity field. The thugs take 1d6 damage from the shock. #1 takes 1. #2 takes 1. #3 takes 4. #4 takes 5. #5 takes 6. Screams issue out from the Thugs and some smoke sizzles as the moisture from their sweat crackles to the electric current.
DM Wednesday May 5th, 1999 8:26:00 AM
(It is the party's initiative for Round 3)
K'isst Wednesday May 5th, 1999 9:45:59 AM
She moves up the last step to close with the tussling two. Using her ears and sense of smell, K'isst puts her left hand on the struggling mage, and grabs his hair (9+3+4-2-4=10 (needed 8)). With her right, she places her sword at his neck, and cuts deeply (16+3+4-2-4=17). "Branze, go help Rond. I thought he was following me." Sprayed with pulsing blood from the dying mage, she prays, "Donyra, aid us!" and begins to make her way in darkness back to the stairs.
Bill Troublefinder Wednesday May 5th, 1999 10:13:59 AM
Frustrated that mage #1 is focusing on Rond, and he is doing so little, Bill tries again (5) and again (3) and again (8) and finally sticks one more dart into his opponent (14) for a piddling 1 hp damage. Between tosses, he says, "Kolb, you carry this out, and you kill the community and us all -- and no new gods are going to be blessing you." Bill thinks to himself that he's got to get better with these darts. *What's wrong with me?*
Borbo Wednesday May 5th, 1999 3:38:59 PM
Borbo dreams delightful dreams of furry-footed halfling girls and sweetberry pie.
Triple B Wednesday May 5th, 1999 6:09:59 PM
Branze goes down on top of the mage as his shield rush pins the man under the weight of Branze. Before he can react to kill the mage the Trolodyte elvin cross comes to end his life with deadly efficency. Blood covers the face of the warrior priest looks almost right as his armor and tabbard are now stained with enemy blood. "I'll go help Rond he says." he quickly gets up and jumps off the balcony. As he jumps down he shouts, "Whoooooo."
Sedar Thursday May 6th, 1999 6:05:59 AM
The 1/2 elf feels sleep overcoming him (failed resistance 75%). He dreams that he's killing mages.
DM Thursday May 6th, 1999 6:12:59 AM
(Party Results) Mage #4 dies a bloody death. K'isst is covered in blood. (Dex check to descend the stairs all bloody and blind.) Branze runs and jumps over the balcony rail landing on the altar. It collapses under his weight cushioning his fall. He takes 3 points of damage. He regains his feet and closes some of the distance to the pile on Rond. (Didn't get a post from Draax or Rond or Sandow. Post guys, it could mean your character's lives.) [Draax will need to save twice now, once for each round in the cloud.]
LOG ON